1 /* Variable tracking routines for the GNU compiler.
2 Copyright (C) 2002-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This file is part of GCC.
6 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
7 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
12 ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY
13 or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public
14 License for more details.
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with GCC; see the file COPYING3. If not see
18 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* This file contains the variable tracking pass. It computes where
21 variables are located (which registers or where in memory) at each position
22 in instruction stream and emits notes describing the locations.
23 Debug information (DWARF2 location lists) is finally generated from
25 With this debug information, it is possible to show variables
26 even when debugging optimized code.
28 How does the variable tracking pass work?
30 First, it scans RTL code for uses, stores and clobbers (register/memory
31 references in instructions), for call insns and for stack adjustments
32 separately for each basic block and saves them to an array of micro
34 The micro operations of one instruction are ordered so that
35 pre-modifying stack adjustment < use < use with no var < call insn <
36 < clobber < set < post-modifying stack adjustment
38 Then, a forward dataflow analysis is performed to find out how locations
39 of variables change through code and to propagate the variable locations
40 along control flow graph.
41 The IN set for basic block BB is computed as a union of OUT sets of BB's
42 predecessors, the OUT set for BB is copied from the IN set for BB and
43 is changed according to micro operations in BB.
45 The IN and OUT sets for basic blocks consist of a current stack adjustment
46 (used for adjusting offset of variables addressed using stack pointer),
47 the table of structures describing the locations of parts of a variable
48 and for each physical register a linked list for each physical register.
49 The linked list is a list of variable parts stored in the register,
50 i.e. it is a list of triplets (reg, decl, offset) where decl is
51 REG_EXPR (reg) and offset is REG_OFFSET (reg). The linked list is used for
52 effective deleting appropriate variable parts when we set or clobber the
55 There may be more than one variable part in a register. The linked lists
56 should be pretty short so it is a good data structure here.
57 For example in the following code, register allocator may assign same
58 register to variables A and B, and both of them are stored in the same
71 Finally, the NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION notes describing the variable locations
72 are emitted to appropriate positions in RTL code. Each such a note describes
73 the location of one variable at the point in instruction stream where the
74 note is. There is no need to emit a note for each variable before each
75 instruction, we only emit these notes where the location of variable changes
76 (this means that we also emit notes for changes between the OUT set of the
77 previous block and the IN set of the current block).
79 The notes consist of two parts:
80 1. the declaration (from REG_EXPR or MEM_EXPR)
81 2. the location of a variable - it is either a simple register/memory
82 reference (for simple variables, for example int),
83 or a parallel of register/memory references (for a large variables
84 which consist of several parts, for example long long).
90 #include "coretypes.h"
96 #include "double-int.h"
100 #include "wide-int.h"
104 #include "stor-layout.h"
105 #include "hash-map.h"
106 #include "hash-table.h"
108 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
109 #include "function.h"
110 #include "dominance.h"
114 #include "basic-block.h"
117 #include "insn-config.h"
120 #include "alloc-pool.h"
123 #include "statistics.h"
125 #include "fixed-value.h"
130 #include "emit-rtl.h"
133 #include "tree-pass.h"
135 #include "tree-dfa.h"
136 #include "tree-ssa.h"
140 #include "diagnostic.h"
141 #include "tree-pretty-print.h"
143 #include "rtl-iter.h"
144 #include "fibonacci_heap.h"
146 typedef fibonacci_heap
<long, basic_block_def
> bb_heap_t
;
147 typedef fibonacci_node
<long, basic_block_def
> bb_heap_node_t
;
149 /* var-tracking.c assumes that tree code with the same value as VALUE rtx code
150 has no chance to appear in REG_EXPR/MEM_EXPRs and isn't a decl.
151 Currently the value is the same as IDENTIFIER_NODE, which has such
152 a property. If this compile time assertion ever fails, make sure that
153 the new tree code that equals (int) VALUE has the same property. */
154 extern char check_value_val
[(int) VALUE
== (int) IDENTIFIER_NODE
? 1 : -1];
156 /* Type of micro operation. */
157 enum micro_operation_type
159 MO_USE
, /* Use location (REG or MEM). */
160 MO_USE_NO_VAR
,/* Use location which is not associated with a variable
161 or the variable is not trackable. */
162 MO_VAL_USE
, /* Use location which is associated with a value. */
163 MO_VAL_LOC
, /* Use location which appears in a debug insn. */
164 MO_VAL_SET
, /* Set location associated with a value. */
165 MO_SET
, /* Set location. */
166 MO_COPY
, /* Copy the same portion of a variable from one
167 location to another. */
168 MO_CLOBBER
, /* Clobber location. */
169 MO_CALL
, /* Call insn. */
170 MO_ADJUST
/* Adjust stack pointer. */
174 static const char * const ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
175 micro_operation_type_name
[] = {
188 /* Where shall the note be emitted? BEFORE or AFTER the instruction.
189 Notes emitted as AFTER_CALL are to take effect during the call,
190 rather than after the call. */
193 EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
194 EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN
,
195 EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
198 /* Structure holding information about micro operation. */
199 typedef struct micro_operation_def
201 /* Type of micro operation. */
202 enum micro_operation_type type
;
204 /* The instruction which the micro operation is in, for MO_USE,
205 MO_USE_NO_VAR, MO_CALL and MO_ADJUST, or the subsequent
206 instruction or note in the original flow (before any var-tracking
207 notes are inserted, to simplify emission of notes), for MO_SET
212 /* Location. For MO_SET and MO_COPY, this is the SET that
213 performs the assignment, if known, otherwise it is the target
214 of the assignment. For MO_VAL_USE and MO_VAL_SET, it is a
215 CONCAT of the VALUE and the LOC associated with it. For
216 MO_VAL_LOC, it is a CONCAT of the VALUE and the VAR_LOCATION
217 associated with it. */
220 /* Stack adjustment. */
221 HOST_WIDE_INT adjust
;
226 /* A declaration of a variable, or an RTL value being handled like a
228 typedef void *decl_or_value
;
230 /* Return true if a decl_or_value DV is a DECL or NULL. */
232 dv_is_decl_p (decl_or_value dv
)
234 return !dv
|| (int) TREE_CODE ((tree
) dv
) != (int) VALUE
;
237 /* Return true if a decl_or_value is a VALUE rtl. */
239 dv_is_value_p (decl_or_value dv
)
241 return dv
&& !dv_is_decl_p (dv
);
244 /* Return the decl in the decl_or_value. */
246 dv_as_decl (decl_or_value dv
)
248 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_decl_p (dv
));
252 /* Return the value in the decl_or_value. */
254 dv_as_value (decl_or_value dv
)
256 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_value_p (dv
));
260 /* Return the opaque pointer in the decl_or_value. */
262 dv_as_opaque (decl_or_value dv
)
268 /* Description of location of a part of a variable. The content of a physical
269 register is described by a chain of these structures.
270 The chains are pretty short (usually 1 or 2 elements) and thus
271 chain is the best data structure. */
272 typedef struct attrs_def
274 /* Pointer to next member of the list. */
275 struct attrs_def
*next
;
277 /* The rtx of register. */
280 /* The declaration corresponding to LOC. */
283 /* Offset from start of DECL. */
284 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
287 /* Structure for chaining the locations. */
288 typedef struct location_chain_def
290 /* Next element in the chain. */
291 struct location_chain_def
*next
;
293 /* The location (REG, MEM or VALUE). */
296 /* The "value" stored in this location. */
300 enum var_init_status init
;
303 /* A vector of loc_exp_dep holds the active dependencies of a one-part
304 DV on VALUEs, i.e., the VALUEs expanded so as to form the current
305 location of DV. Each entry is also part of VALUE' s linked-list of
306 backlinks back to DV. */
307 typedef struct loc_exp_dep_s
309 /* The dependent DV. */
311 /* The dependency VALUE or DECL_DEBUG. */
313 /* The next entry in VALUE's backlinks list. */
314 struct loc_exp_dep_s
*next
;
315 /* A pointer to the pointer to this entry (head or prev's next) in
316 the doubly-linked list. */
317 struct loc_exp_dep_s
**pprev
;
321 /* This data structure holds information about the depth of a variable
323 typedef struct expand_depth_struct
325 /* This measures the complexity of the expanded expression. It
326 grows by one for each level of expansion that adds more than one
329 /* This counts the number of ENTRY_VALUE expressions in an
330 expansion. We want to minimize their use. */
334 /* This data structure is allocated for one-part variables at the time
335 of emitting notes. */
338 /* Doubly-linked list of dependent DVs. These are DVs whose cur_loc
339 computation used the expansion of this variable, and that ought
340 to be notified should this variable change. If the DV's cur_loc
341 expanded to NULL, all components of the loc list are regarded as
342 active, so that any changes in them give us a chance to get a
343 location. Otherwise, only components of the loc that expanded to
344 non-NULL are regarded as active dependencies. */
345 loc_exp_dep
*backlinks
;
346 /* This holds the LOC that was expanded into cur_loc. We need only
347 mark a one-part variable as changed if the FROM loc is removed,
348 or if it has no known location and a loc is added, or if it gets
349 a change notification from any of its active dependencies. */
351 /* The depth of the cur_loc expression. */
353 /* Dependencies actively used when expand FROM into cur_loc. */
354 vec
<loc_exp_dep
, va_heap
, vl_embed
> deps
;
357 /* Structure describing one part of variable. */
358 typedef struct variable_part_def
360 /* Chain of locations of the part. */
361 location_chain loc_chain
;
363 /* Location which was last emitted to location list. */
368 /* The offset in the variable, if !var->onepart. */
369 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
371 /* Pointer to auxiliary data, if var->onepart and emit_notes. */
372 struct onepart_aux
*onepaux
;
376 /* Maximum number of location parts. */
377 #define MAX_VAR_PARTS 16
379 /* Enumeration type used to discriminate various types of one-part
381 typedef enum onepart_enum
383 /* Not a one-part variable. */
385 /* A one-part DECL that is not a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL. */
387 /* A DEBUG_EXPR_DECL. */
393 /* Structure describing where the variable is located. */
394 typedef struct variable_def
396 /* The declaration of the variable, or an RTL value being handled
397 like a declaration. */
400 /* Reference count. */
403 /* Number of variable parts. */
406 /* What type of DV this is, according to enum onepart_enum. */
407 ENUM_BITFIELD (onepart_enum
) onepart
: CHAR_BIT
;
409 /* True if this variable_def struct is currently in the
410 changed_variables hash table. */
411 bool in_changed_variables
;
413 /* The variable parts. */
414 variable_part var_part
[1];
416 typedef const struct variable_def
*const_variable
;
418 /* Pointer to the BB's information specific to variable tracking pass. */
419 #define VTI(BB) ((variable_tracking_info) (BB)->aux)
421 /* Macro to access MEM_OFFSET as an HOST_WIDE_INT. Evaluates MEM twice. */
422 #define INT_MEM_OFFSET(mem) (MEM_OFFSET_KNOWN_P (mem) ? MEM_OFFSET (mem) : 0)
424 #if ENABLE_CHECKING && (GCC_VERSION >= 2007)
426 /* Access VAR's Ith part's offset, checking that it's not a one-part
428 #define VAR_PART_OFFSET(var, i) __extension__ \
429 (*({ variable const __v = (var); \
430 gcc_checking_assert (!__v->onepart); \
431 &__v->var_part[(i)].aux.offset; }))
433 /* Access VAR's one-part auxiliary data, checking that it is a
434 one-part variable. */
435 #define VAR_LOC_1PAUX(var) __extension__ \
436 (*({ variable const __v = (var); \
437 gcc_checking_assert (__v->onepart); \
438 &__v->var_part[0].aux.onepaux; }))
441 #define VAR_PART_OFFSET(var, i) ((var)->var_part[(i)].aux.offset)
442 #define VAR_LOC_1PAUX(var) ((var)->var_part[0].aux.onepaux)
445 /* These are accessor macros for the one-part auxiliary data. When
446 convenient for users, they're guarded by tests that the data was
448 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_LST(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) \
449 ? VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->backlinks \
451 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) \
452 ? &VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->backlinks \
454 #define VAR_LOC_FROM(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->from)
455 #define VAR_LOC_DEPTH(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->depth)
456 #define VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC(var) (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var) \
457 ? &VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var)->deps \
462 typedef unsigned int dvuid
;
464 /* Return the uid of DV. */
467 dv_uid (decl_or_value dv
)
469 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
470 return CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (dv
))->uid
;
472 return DECL_UID (dv_as_decl (dv
));
475 /* Compute the hash from the uid. */
477 static inline hashval_t
478 dv_uid2hash (dvuid uid
)
483 /* The hash function for a mask table in a shared_htab chain. */
485 static inline hashval_t
486 dv_htab_hash (decl_or_value dv
)
488 return dv_uid2hash (dv_uid (dv
));
491 static void variable_htab_free (void *);
493 /* Variable hashtable helpers. */
495 struct variable_hasher
497 typedef variable_def
*value_type
;
498 typedef void *compare_type
;
499 static inline hashval_t
hash (const variable_def
*);
500 static inline bool equal (const variable_def
*, const void *);
501 static inline void remove (variable_def
*);
504 /* The hash function for variable_htab, computes the hash value
505 from the declaration of variable X. */
508 variable_hasher::hash (const variable_def
*v
)
510 return dv_htab_hash (v
->dv
);
513 /* Compare the declaration of variable X with declaration Y. */
516 variable_hasher::equal (const variable_def
*v
, const void *y
)
518 decl_or_value dv
= CONST_CAST2 (decl_or_value
, const void *, y
);
520 return (dv_as_opaque (v
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
));
523 /* Free the element of VARIABLE_HTAB (its type is struct variable_def). */
526 variable_hasher::remove (variable_def
*var
)
528 variable_htab_free (var
);
531 typedef hash_table
<variable_hasher
> variable_table_type
;
532 typedef variable_table_type::iterator variable_iterator_type
;
534 /* Structure for passing some other parameters to function
535 emit_note_insn_var_location. */
536 typedef struct emit_note_data_def
538 /* The instruction which the note will be emitted before/after. */
541 /* Where the note will be emitted (before/after insn)? */
542 enum emit_note_where where
;
544 /* The variables and values active at this point. */
545 variable_table_type
*vars
;
548 /* Structure holding a refcounted hash table. If refcount > 1,
549 it must be first unshared before modified. */
550 typedef struct shared_hash_def
552 /* Reference count. */
555 /* Actual hash table. */
556 variable_table_type
*htab
;
559 /* Structure holding the IN or OUT set for a basic block. */
560 typedef struct dataflow_set_def
562 /* Adjustment of stack offset. */
563 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust
;
565 /* Attributes for registers (lists of attrs). */
566 attrs regs
[FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
];
568 /* Variable locations. */
571 /* Vars that is being traversed. */
572 shared_hash traversed_vars
;
575 /* The structure (one for each basic block) containing the information
576 needed for variable tracking. */
577 typedef struct variable_tracking_info_def
579 /* The vector of micro operations. */
580 vec
<micro_operation
> mos
;
582 /* The IN and OUT set for dataflow analysis. */
586 /* The permanent-in dataflow set for this block. This is used to
587 hold values for which we had to compute entry values. ??? This
588 should probably be dynamically allocated, to avoid using more
589 memory in non-debug builds. */
592 /* Has the block been visited in DFS? */
595 /* Has the block been flooded in VTA? */
598 } *variable_tracking_info
;
600 /* Alloc pool for struct attrs_def. */
601 static alloc_pool attrs_pool
;
603 /* Alloc pool for struct variable_def with MAX_VAR_PARTS entries. */
604 static alloc_pool var_pool
;
606 /* Alloc pool for struct variable_def with a single var_part entry. */
607 static alloc_pool valvar_pool
;
609 /* Alloc pool for struct location_chain_def. */
610 static alloc_pool loc_chain_pool
;
612 /* Alloc pool for struct shared_hash_def. */
613 static alloc_pool shared_hash_pool
;
615 /* Alloc pool for struct loc_exp_dep_s for NOT_ONEPART variables. */
616 static alloc_pool loc_exp_dep_pool
;
618 /* Changed variables, notes will be emitted for them. */
619 static variable_table_type
*changed_variables
;
621 /* Shall notes be emitted? */
622 static bool emit_notes
;
624 /* Values whose dynamic location lists have gone empty, but whose
625 cselib location lists are still usable. Use this to hold the
626 current location, the backlinks, etc, during emit_notes. */
627 static variable_table_type
*dropped_values
;
629 /* Empty shared hashtable. */
630 static shared_hash empty_shared_hash
;
632 /* Scratch register bitmap used by cselib_expand_value_rtx. */
633 static bitmap scratch_regs
= NULL
;
635 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
636 typedef struct GTY(()) parm_reg
{
642 /* Vector of windowed parameter registers, if any. */
643 static vec
<parm_reg_t
, va_gc
> *windowed_parm_regs
= NULL
;
646 /* Variable used to tell whether cselib_process_insn called our hook. */
647 static bool cselib_hook_called
;
649 /* Local function prototypes. */
650 static void stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*,
652 static void insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx_insn
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
*,
654 static bool vt_stack_adjustments (void);
656 static void init_attrs_list_set (attrs
*);
657 static void attrs_list_clear (attrs
*);
658 static attrs
attrs_list_member (attrs
, decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
659 static void attrs_list_insert (attrs
*, decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
);
660 static void attrs_list_copy (attrs
*, attrs
);
661 static void attrs_list_union (attrs
*, attrs
);
663 static variable_def
**unshare_variable (dataflow_set
*set
, variable_def
**slot
,
664 variable var
, enum var_init_status
);
665 static void vars_copy (variable_table_type
*, variable_table_type
*);
666 static tree
var_debug_decl (tree
);
667 static void var_reg_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
668 static void var_reg_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool,
669 enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
670 static void var_reg_delete (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool);
671 static void var_regno_delete (dataflow_set
*, int);
672 static void var_mem_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
673 static void var_mem_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool,
674 enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
675 static void var_mem_delete (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, bool);
677 static void dataflow_set_init (dataflow_set
*);
678 static void dataflow_set_clear (dataflow_set
*);
679 static void dataflow_set_copy (dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set
*);
680 static int variable_union_info_cmp_pos (const void *, const void *);
681 static void dataflow_set_union (dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set
*);
682 static location_chain
find_loc_in_1pdv (rtx
, variable
, variable_table_type
*);
683 static bool canon_value_cmp (rtx
, rtx
);
684 static int loc_cmp (rtx
, rtx
);
685 static bool variable_part_different_p (variable_part
*, variable_part
*);
686 static bool onepart_variable_different_p (variable
, variable
);
687 static bool variable_different_p (variable
, variable
);
688 static bool dataflow_set_different (dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set
*);
689 static void dataflow_set_destroy (dataflow_set
*);
691 static bool contains_symbol_ref (rtx
);
692 static bool track_expr_p (tree
, bool);
693 static bool same_variable_part_p (rtx
, tree
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
694 static void add_uses_1 (rtx
*, void *);
695 static void add_stores (rtx
, const_rtx
, void *);
696 static bool compute_bb_dataflow (basic_block
);
697 static bool vt_find_locations (void);
699 static void dump_attrs_list (attrs
);
700 static void dump_var (variable
);
701 static void dump_vars (variable_table_type
*);
702 static void dump_dataflow_set (dataflow_set
*);
703 static void dump_dataflow_sets (void);
705 static void set_dv_changed (decl_or_value
, bool);
706 static void variable_was_changed (variable
, dataflow_set
*);
707 static variable_def
**set_slot_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, variable_def
**,
708 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
709 enum var_init_status
, rtx
);
710 static void set_variable_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
711 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
,
712 enum var_init_status
, rtx
, enum insert_option
);
713 static variable_def
**clobber_slot_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
714 variable_def
**, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
);
715 static void clobber_variable_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
716 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
, rtx
);
717 static variable_def
**delete_slot_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
, variable_def
**,
719 static void delete_variable_part (dataflow_set
*, rtx
,
720 decl_or_value
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
721 static void emit_notes_in_bb (basic_block
, dataflow_set
*);
722 static void vt_emit_notes (void);
724 static bool vt_get_decl_and_offset (rtx
, tree
*, HOST_WIDE_INT
*);
725 static void vt_add_function_parameters (void);
726 static bool vt_initialize (void);
727 static void vt_finalize (void);
729 /* Callback for stack_adjust_offset_pre_post, called via for_each_inc_dec. */
732 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb (rtx
, rtx op
, rtx dest
, rtx src
, rtx srcoff
,
735 if (dest
!= stack_pointer_rtx
)
738 switch (GET_CODE (op
))
742 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
*)arg
)[0] -= INTVAL (srcoff
);
746 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
*)arg
)[1] -= INTVAL (srcoff
);
750 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
751 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (src
) == PLUS
752 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1))
753 && XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
);
754 ((HOST_WIDE_INT
*)arg
)[GET_CODE (op
) == POST_MODIFY
]
755 -= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
762 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains
763 PRE- and POST-modifying stack pointer.
764 This function is similar to stack_adjust_offset. */
767 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx pattern
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*pre
,
770 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
771 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
774 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
776 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
777 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
778 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
779 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
780 || !CONST_INT_P (XEXP (src
, 1)))
784 *post
+= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
786 *post
-= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
789 HOST_WIDE_INT res
[2] = { 0, 0 };
790 for_each_inc_dec (pattern
, stack_adjust_offset_pre_post_cb
, res
);
795 /* Given an INSN, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it contains
796 PRE- and POST-modifying stack pointer. */
799 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (rtx_insn
*insn
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*pre
,
807 pattern
= PATTERN (insn
);
808 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
810 rtx expr
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
812 pattern
= XEXP (expr
, 0);
815 if (GET_CODE (pattern
) == SET
)
816 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (pattern
, pre
, post
);
817 else if (GET_CODE (pattern
) == PARALLEL
818 || GET_CODE (pattern
) == SEQUENCE
)
822 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
824 for ( i
= XVECLEN (pattern
, 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
825 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (pattern
, 0, i
)) == SET
)
826 stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (XVECEXP (pattern
, 0, i
), pre
, post
);
830 /* Compute stack adjustments for all blocks by traversing DFS tree.
831 Return true when the adjustments on all incoming edges are consistent.
832 Heavily borrowed from pre_and_rev_post_order_compute. */
835 vt_stack_adjustments (void)
837 edge_iterator
*stack
;
840 /* Initialize entry block. */
841 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->visited
= true;
842 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->in
.stack_adjust
843 = INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
;
844 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->out
.stack_adjust
845 = INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
;
847 /* Allocate stack for back-tracking up CFG. */
848 stack
= XNEWVEC (edge_iterator
, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) + 1);
851 /* Push the first edge on to the stack. */
852 stack
[sp
++] = ei_start (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
)->succs
);
860 /* Look at the edge on the top of the stack. */
862 src
= ei_edge (ei
)->src
;
863 dest
= ei_edge (ei
)->dest
;
865 /* Check if the edge destination has been visited yet. */
866 if (!VTI (dest
)->visited
)
869 HOST_WIDE_INT pre
, post
, offset
;
870 VTI (dest
)->visited
= true;
871 VTI (dest
)->in
.stack_adjust
= offset
= VTI (src
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
873 if (dest
!= EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))
874 for (insn
= BB_HEAD (dest
);
875 insn
!= NEXT_INSN (BB_END (dest
));
876 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
879 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (insn
, &pre
, &post
);
880 offset
+= pre
+ post
;
883 VTI (dest
)->out
.stack_adjust
= offset
;
885 if (EDGE_COUNT (dest
->succs
) > 0)
886 /* Since the DEST node has been visited for the first
887 time, check its successors. */
888 stack
[sp
++] = ei_start (dest
->succs
);
892 /* We can end up with different stack adjustments for the exit block
893 of a shrink-wrapped function if stack_adjust_offset_pre_post
894 doesn't understand the rtx pattern used to restore the stack
895 pointer in the epilogue. For example, on s390(x), the stack
896 pointer is often restored via a load-multiple instruction
897 and so no stack_adjust offset is recorded for it. This means
898 that the stack offset at the end of the epilogue block is the
899 the same as the offset before the epilogue, whereas other paths
900 to the exit block will have the correct stack_adjust.
902 It is safe to ignore these differences because (a) we never
903 use the stack_adjust for the exit block in this pass and
904 (b) dwarf2cfi checks whether the CFA notes in a shrink-wrapped
905 function are correct.
907 We must check whether the adjustments on other edges are
909 if (dest
!= EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
)
910 && VTI (dest
)->in
.stack_adjust
!= VTI (src
)->out
.stack_adjust
)
916 if (! ei_one_before_end_p (ei
))
917 /* Go to the next edge. */
918 ei_next (&stack
[sp
- 1]);
920 /* Return to previous level if there are no more edges. */
929 /* arg_pointer_rtx resp. frame_pointer_rtx if stack_pointer_rtx or
930 hard_frame_pointer_rtx is being mapped to it and offset for it. */
931 static rtx cfa_base_rtx
;
932 static HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_base_offset
;
934 /* Compute a CFA-based value for an ADJUSTMENT made to stack_pointer_rtx
935 or hard_frame_pointer_rtx. */
938 compute_cfa_pointer (HOST_WIDE_INT adjustment
)
940 return plus_constant (Pmode
, cfa_base_rtx
, adjustment
+ cfa_base_offset
);
943 /* Adjustment for hard_frame_pointer_rtx to cfa base reg,
944 or -1 if the replacement shouldn't be done. */
945 static HOST_WIDE_INT hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= -1;
947 /* Data for adjust_mems callback. */
949 struct adjust_mem_data
952 machine_mode mem_mode
;
953 HOST_WIDE_INT stack_adjust
;
954 rtx_expr_list
*side_effects
;
957 /* Helper for adjust_mems. Return true if X is suitable for
958 transformation of wider mode arithmetics to narrower mode. */
961 use_narrower_mode_test (rtx x
, const_rtx subreg
)
963 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
964 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, x
, NONCONST
)
968 iter
.skip_subrtxes ();
970 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
973 if (cselib_lookup (x
, GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (subreg
)), 0, VOIDmode
))
975 if (!validate_subreg (GET_MODE (subreg
), GET_MODE (x
), x
,
976 subreg_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (subreg
),
985 iter
.substitute (XEXP (x
, 0));
994 /* Transform X into narrower mode MODE from wider mode WMODE. */
997 use_narrower_mode (rtx x
, machine_mode mode
, machine_mode wmode
)
1001 return lowpart_subreg (mode
, x
, wmode
);
1002 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
1005 return lowpart_subreg (mode
, x
, wmode
);
1009 op0
= use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), mode
, wmode
);
1010 op1
= use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x
, 1), mode
, wmode
);
1011 return simplify_gen_binary (GET_CODE (x
), mode
, op0
, op1
);
1013 op0
= use_narrower_mode (XEXP (x
, 0), mode
, wmode
);
1015 /* Ensure shift amount is not wider than mode. */
1016 if (GET_MODE (op1
) == VOIDmode
)
1017 op1
= lowpart_subreg (mode
, op1
, wmode
);
1018 else if (GET_MODE_PRECISION (mode
) < GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (op1
)))
1019 op1
= lowpart_subreg (mode
, op1
, GET_MODE (op1
));
1020 return simplify_gen_binary (ASHIFT
, mode
, op0
, op1
);
1026 /* Helper function for adjusting used MEMs. */
1029 adjust_mems (rtx loc
, const_rtx old_rtx
, void *data
)
1031 struct adjust_mem_data
*amd
= (struct adjust_mem_data
*) data
;
1032 rtx mem
, addr
= loc
, tem
;
1033 machine_mode mem_mode_save
;
1035 switch (GET_CODE (loc
))
1038 /* Don't do any sp or fp replacements outside of MEM addresses
1040 if (amd
->mem_mode
== VOIDmode
&& amd
->store
)
1042 if (loc
== stack_pointer_rtx
1043 && !frame_pointer_needed
1045 return compute_cfa_pointer (amd
->stack_adjust
);
1046 else if (loc
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
1047 && frame_pointer_needed
1048 && hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
!= -1
1050 return compute_cfa_pointer (hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
);
1051 gcc_checking_assert (loc
!= virtual_incoming_args_rtx
);
1057 mem
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (mem
);
1058 if (mem
!= loc
&& !MEM_P (mem
))
1059 return simplify_replace_fn_rtx (mem
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1062 addr
= XEXP (mem
, 0);
1063 mem_mode_save
= amd
->mem_mode
;
1064 amd
->mem_mode
= GET_MODE (mem
);
1065 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1067 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1068 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1069 amd
->mem_mode
= mem_mode_save
;
1071 addr
= targetm
.delegitimize_address (addr
);
1072 if (addr
!= XEXP (mem
, 0))
1073 mem
= replace_equiv_address_nv (mem
, addr
);
1075 mem
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (mem
);
1079 addr
= gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (loc
), XEXP (loc
, 0),
1080 gen_int_mode (GET_CODE (loc
) == PRE_INC
1081 ? GET_MODE_SIZE (amd
->mem_mode
)
1082 : -GET_MODE_SIZE (amd
->mem_mode
),
1087 addr
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
1088 gcc_assert (amd
->mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
&& amd
->mem_mode
!= BLKmode
);
1089 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1090 tem
= gen_rtx_PLUS (GET_MODE (loc
), XEXP (loc
, 0),
1091 gen_int_mode ((GET_CODE (loc
) == PRE_INC
1092 || GET_CODE (loc
) == POST_INC
)
1093 ? GET_MODE_SIZE (amd
->mem_mode
)
1094 : -GET_MODE_SIZE (amd
->mem_mode
),
1096 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1098 tem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (tem
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1099 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1100 amd
->side_effects
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (0,
1101 gen_rtx_SET (XEXP (loc
, 0), tem
),
1105 addr
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
1108 addr
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
1109 gcc_assert (amd
->mem_mode
!= VOIDmode
);
1110 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1111 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1113 tem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (XEXP (loc
, 1), old_rtx
,
1115 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1116 amd
->side_effects
= alloc_EXPR_LIST (0,
1117 gen_rtx_SET (XEXP (loc
, 0), tem
),
1121 /* First try without delegitimization of whole MEMs and
1122 avoid_constant_pool_reference, which is more likely to succeed. */
1123 store_save
= amd
->store
;
1125 addr
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SUBREG_REG (loc
), old_rtx
, adjust_mems
,
1127 amd
->store
= store_save
;
1128 mem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (addr
, old_rtx
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1129 if (mem
== SUBREG_REG (loc
))
1134 tem
= simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (loc
), mem
,
1135 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (loc
)),
1139 tem
= simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (loc
), addr
,
1140 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (loc
)),
1142 if (tem
== NULL_RTX
)
1143 tem
= gen_rtx_raw_SUBREG (GET_MODE (loc
), addr
, SUBREG_BYTE (loc
));
1145 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
1146 && GET_CODE (tem
) == SUBREG
1147 && (GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == PLUS
1148 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == MINUS
1149 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == MULT
1150 || GET_CODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)) == ASHIFT
)
1151 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (tem
)) == MODE_INT
1152 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (tem
)) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
1153 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
))) == MODE_INT
1154 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
))) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
1155 && GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (tem
))
1156 < GET_MODE_PRECISION (GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)))
1157 && subreg_lowpart_p (tem
)
1158 && use_narrower_mode_test (SUBREG_REG (tem
), tem
))
1159 return use_narrower_mode (SUBREG_REG (tem
), GET_MODE (tem
),
1160 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (tem
)));
1163 /* Don't do any replacements in second and following
1164 ASM_OPERANDS of inline-asm with multiple sets.
1165 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC, ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC
1166 and ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC need to be equal between
1167 all the ASM_OPERANDs in the insn and adjust_insn will
1169 if (ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (loc
) != 0)
1178 /* Helper function for replacement of uses. */
1181 adjust_mem_uses (rtx
*x
, void *data
)
1183 rtx new_x
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (*x
, NULL_RTX
, adjust_mems
, data
);
1185 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, x
, new_x
, true);
1188 /* Helper function for replacement of stores. */
1191 adjust_mem_stores (rtx loc
, const_rtx expr
, void *data
)
1195 rtx new_dest
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (SET_DEST (expr
), NULL_RTX
,
1197 if (new_dest
!= SET_DEST (expr
))
1199 rtx xexpr
= CONST_CAST_RTX (expr
);
1200 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &SET_DEST (xexpr
), new_dest
, true);
1205 /* Simplify INSN. Remove all {PRE,POST}_{INC,DEC,MODIFY} rtxes,
1206 replace them with their value in the insn and add the side-effects
1207 as other sets to the insn. */
1210 adjust_insn (basic_block bb
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
1212 struct adjust_mem_data amd
;
1215 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
1216 /* If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
1217 transformation OUTGOING_REGNO -> INCOMING_REGNO is done there. */
1218 if (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
)
1219 && find_reg_note (insn
, REG_CFA_WINDOW_SAVE
, NULL_RTX
))
1221 unsigned int i
, nregs
= vec_safe_length (windowed_parm_regs
);
1222 rtx rtl
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (nregs
* 2));
1225 FOR_EACH_VEC_SAFE_ELT (windowed_parm_regs
, i
, p
)
1227 XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, i
* 2)
1228 = gen_rtx_SET (p
->incoming
, p
->outgoing
);
1229 /* Do not clobber the attached DECL, but only the REG. */
1230 XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, i
* 2 + 1)
1231 = gen_rtx_CLOBBER (GET_MODE (p
->outgoing
),
1232 gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (p
->outgoing
),
1233 REGNO (p
->outgoing
)));
1236 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &PATTERN (insn
), rtl
, true);
1241 amd
.mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
1242 amd
.stack_adjust
= -VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
1243 amd
.side_effects
= NULL
;
1246 note_stores (PATTERN (insn
), adjust_mem_stores
, &amd
);
1249 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1250 && asm_noperands (PATTERN (insn
)) > 0
1251 && GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, 0)) == SET
)
1256 /* inline-asm with multiple sets is tiny bit more complicated,
1257 because the 3 vectors in ASM_OPERANDS need to be shared between
1258 all ASM_OPERANDS in the instruction. adjust_mems will
1259 not touch ASM_OPERANDS other than the first one, asm_noperands
1260 test above needs to be called before that (otherwise it would fail)
1261 and afterwards this code fixes it up. */
1262 note_uses (&PATTERN (insn
), adjust_mem_uses
, &amd
);
1263 body
= PATTERN (insn
);
1264 set0
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, 0);
1265 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (set0
) == SET
1266 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set0
)) == ASM_OPERANDS
1267 && ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (SET_SRC (set0
)) == 0);
1268 for (i
= 1; i
< XVECLEN (body
, 0); i
++)
1269 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
)) != SET
)
1273 set
= XVECEXP (body
, 0, i
);
1274 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (SET_SRC (set
)) == ASM_OPERANDS
1275 && ASM_OPERANDS_OUTPUT_IDX (SET_SRC (set
))
1277 if (ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set
))
1278 != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
))
1279 || ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set
))
1280 != ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
))
1281 || ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set
))
1282 != ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
)))
1284 rtx newsrc
= shallow_copy_rtx (SET_SRC (set
));
1285 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (newsrc
)
1286 = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
));
1287 ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (newsrc
)
1288 = ASM_OPERANDS_INPUT_CONSTRAINT_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
));
1289 ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (newsrc
)
1290 = ASM_OPERANDS_LABEL_VEC (SET_SRC (set0
));
1291 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &SET_SRC (set
), newsrc
, true);
1296 note_uses (&PATTERN (insn
), adjust_mem_uses
, &amd
);
1298 /* For read-only MEMs containing some constant, prefer those
1300 set
= single_set (insn
);
1301 if (set
&& MEM_P (SET_SRC (set
)) && MEM_READONLY_P (SET_SRC (set
)))
1303 rtx note
= find_reg_equal_equiv_note (insn
);
1305 if (note
&& CONSTANT_P (XEXP (note
, 0)))
1306 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, &SET_SRC (set
), XEXP (note
, 0), true);
1309 if (amd
.side_effects
)
1311 rtx
*pat
, new_pat
, s
;
1314 pat
= &PATTERN (insn
);
1315 if (GET_CODE (*pat
) == COND_EXEC
)
1316 pat
= &COND_EXEC_CODE (*pat
);
1317 if (GET_CODE (*pat
) == PARALLEL
)
1318 oldn
= XVECLEN (*pat
, 0);
1321 for (s
= amd
.side_effects
, newn
= 0; s
; newn
++)
1323 new_pat
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (oldn
+ newn
));
1324 if (GET_CODE (*pat
) == PARALLEL
)
1325 for (i
= 0; i
< oldn
; i
++)
1326 XVECEXP (new_pat
, 0, i
) = XVECEXP (*pat
, 0, i
);
1328 XVECEXP (new_pat
, 0, 0) = *pat
;
1329 for (s
= amd
.side_effects
, i
= oldn
; i
< oldn
+ newn
; i
++, s
= XEXP (s
, 1))
1330 XVECEXP (new_pat
, 0, i
) = XEXP (s
, 0);
1331 free_EXPR_LIST_list (&amd
.side_effects
);
1332 validate_change (NULL_RTX
, pat
, new_pat
, true);
1336 /* Return the DEBUG_EXPR of a DEBUG_EXPR_DECL or the VALUE in DV. */
1338 dv_as_rtx (decl_or_value dv
)
1342 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
1343 return dv_as_value (dv
);
1345 decl
= dv_as_decl (dv
);
1347 gcc_checking_assert (TREE_CODE (decl
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
);
1348 return DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (decl
);
1351 /* Return nonzero if a decl_or_value must not have more than one
1352 variable part. The returned value discriminates among various
1353 kinds of one-part DVs ccording to enum onepart_enum. */
1354 static inline onepart_enum_t
1355 dv_onepart_p (decl_or_value dv
)
1359 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
1362 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
1363 return ONEPART_VALUE
;
1365 decl
= dv_as_decl (dv
);
1367 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
)
1368 return ONEPART_DEXPR
;
1370 if (target_for_debug_bind (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
1371 return ONEPART_VDECL
;
1376 /* Return the variable pool to be used for a dv of type ONEPART. */
1377 static inline alloc_pool
1378 onepart_pool (onepart_enum_t onepart
)
1380 return onepart
? valvar_pool
: var_pool
;
1383 /* Build a decl_or_value out of a decl. */
1384 static inline decl_or_value
1385 dv_from_decl (tree decl
)
1389 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_decl_p (dv
));
1393 /* Build a decl_or_value out of a value. */
1394 static inline decl_or_value
1395 dv_from_value (rtx value
)
1399 gcc_checking_assert (dv_is_value_p (dv
));
1403 /* Return a value or the decl of a debug_expr as a decl_or_value. */
1404 static inline decl_or_value
1409 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
1412 dv
= dv_from_decl (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
));
1413 gcc_checking_assert (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
)) == x
);
1417 dv
= dv_from_value (x
);
1427 extern void debug_dv (decl_or_value dv
);
1430 debug_dv (decl_or_value dv
)
1432 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
1433 debug_rtx (dv_as_value (dv
));
1435 debug_generic_stmt (dv_as_decl (dv
));
1438 static void loc_exp_dep_clear (variable var
);
1440 /* Free the element of VARIABLE_HTAB (its type is struct variable_def). */
1443 variable_htab_free (void *elem
)
1446 variable var
= (variable
) elem
;
1447 location_chain node
, next
;
1449 gcc_checking_assert (var
->refcount
> 0);
1452 if (var
->refcount
> 0)
1455 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
1457 for (node
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= next
)
1460 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, node
);
1462 var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
= NULL
;
1464 if (var
->onepart
&& VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
1466 loc_exp_dep_clear (var
);
1467 if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
))
1468 VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
)->pprev
= NULL
;
1469 XDELETE (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
));
1470 /* These may be reused across functions, so reset
1472 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
1473 set_dv_changed (var
->dv
, true);
1475 pool_free (onepart_pool (var
->onepart
), var
);
1478 /* Initialize the set (array) SET of attrs to empty lists. */
1481 init_attrs_list_set (attrs
*set
)
1485 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
1489 /* Make the list *LISTP empty. */
1492 attrs_list_clear (attrs
*listp
)
1496 for (list
= *listp
; list
; list
= next
)
1499 pool_free (attrs_pool
, list
);
1504 /* Return true if the pair of DECL and OFFSET is the member of the LIST. */
1507 attrs_list_member (attrs list
, decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1509 for (; list
; list
= list
->next
)
1510 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
) && list
->offset
== offset
)
1515 /* Insert the triplet DECL, OFFSET, LOC to the list *LISTP. */
1518 attrs_list_insert (attrs
*listp
, decl_or_value dv
,
1519 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx loc
)
1523 list
= (attrs
) pool_alloc (attrs_pool
);
1526 list
->offset
= offset
;
1527 list
->next
= *listp
;
1531 /* Copy all nodes from SRC and create a list *DSTP of the copies. */
1534 attrs_list_copy (attrs
*dstp
, attrs src
)
1538 attrs_list_clear (dstp
);
1539 for (; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1541 n
= (attrs
) pool_alloc (attrs_pool
);
1544 n
->offset
= src
->offset
;
1550 /* Add all nodes from SRC which are not in *DSTP to *DSTP. */
1553 attrs_list_union (attrs
*dstp
, attrs src
)
1555 for (; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1557 if (!attrs_list_member (*dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
))
1558 attrs_list_insert (dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
, src
->loc
);
1562 /* Combine nodes that are not onepart nodes from SRC and SRC2 into
1566 attrs_list_mpdv_union (attrs
*dstp
, attrs src
, attrs src2
)
1568 gcc_assert (!*dstp
);
1569 for (; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1571 if (!dv_onepart_p (src
->dv
))
1572 attrs_list_insert (dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
, src
->loc
);
1574 for (src
= src2
; src
; src
= src
->next
)
1576 if (!dv_onepart_p (src
->dv
)
1577 && !attrs_list_member (*dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
))
1578 attrs_list_insert (dstp
, src
->dv
, src
->offset
, src
->loc
);
1582 /* Shared hashtable support. */
1584 /* Return true if VARS is shared. */
1587 shared_hash_shared (shared_hash vars
)
1589 return vars
->refcount
> 1;
1592 /* Return the hash table for VARS. */
1594 static inline variable_table_type
*
1595 shared_hash_htab (shared_hash vars
)
1600 /* Return true if VAR is shared, or maybe because VARS is shared. */
1603 shared_var_p (variable var
, shared_hash vars
)
1605 /* Don't count an entry in the changed_variables table as a duplicate. */
1606 return ((var
->refcount
> 1 + (int) var
->in_changed_variables
)
1607 || shared_hash_shared (vars
));
1610 /* Copy variables into a new hash table. */
1613 shared_hash_unshare (shared_hash vars
)
1615 shared_hash new_vars
= (shared_hash
) pool_alloc (shared_hash_pool
);
1616 gcc_assert (vars
->refcount
> 1);
1617 new_vars
->refcount
= 1;
1618 new_vars
->htab
= new variable_table_type (vars
->htab
->elements () + 3);
1619 vars_copy (new_vars
->htab
, vars
->htab
);
1624 /* Increment reference counter on VARS and return it. */
1626 static inline shared_hash
1627 shared_hash_copy (shared_hash vars
)
1633 /* Decrement reference counter and destroy hash table if not shared
1637 shared_hash_destroy (shared_hash vars
)
1639 gcc_checking_assert (vars
->refcount
> 0);
1640 if (--vars
->refcount
== 0)
1643 pool_free (shared_hash_pool
, vars
);
1647 /* Unshare *PVARS if shared and return slot for DV. If INS is
1648 INSERT, insert it if not already present. */
1650 static inline variable_def
**
1651 shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (shared_hash
*pvars
, decl_or_value dv
,
1652 hashval_t dvhash
, enum insert_option ins
)
1654 if (shared_hash_shared (*pvars
))
1655 *pvars
= shared_hash_unshare (*pvars
);
1656 return shared_hash_htab (*pvars
)->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
, ins
);
1659 static inline variable_def
**
1660 shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (shared_hash
*pvars
, decl_or_value dv
,
1661 enum insert_option ins
)
1663 return shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (pvars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
), ins
);
1666 /* Return slot for DV, if it is already present in the hash table.
1667 If it is not present, insert it only VARS is not shared, otherwise
1670 static inline variable_def
**
1671 shared_hash_find_slot_1 (shared_hash vars
, decl_or_value dv
, hashval_t dvhash
)
1673 return shared_hash_htab (vars
)->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
,
1674 shared_hash_shared (vars
)
1675 ? NO_INSERT
: INSERT
);
1678 static inline variable_def
**
1679 shared_hash_find_slot (shared_hash vars
, decl_or_value dv
)
1681 return shared_hash_find_slot_1 (vars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
1684 /* Return slot for DV only if it is already present in the hash table. */
1686 static inline variable_def
**
1687 shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (shared_hash vars
, decl_or_value dv
,
1690 return shared_hash_htab (vars
)->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
, NO_INSERT
);
1693 static inline variable_def
**
1694 shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (shared_hash vars
, decl_or_value dv
)
1696 return shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (vars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
1699 /* Return variable for DV or NULL if not already present in the hash
1702 static inline variable
1703 shared_hash_find_1 (shared_hash vars
, decl_or_value dv
, hashval_t dvhash
)
1705 return shared_hash_htab (vars
)->find_with_hash (dv
, dvhash
);
1708 static inline variable
1709 shared_hash_find (shared_hash vars
, decl_or_value dv
)
1711 return shared_hash_find_1 (vars
, dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
1714 /* Return true if TVAL is better than CVAL as a canonival value. We
1715 choose lowest-numbered VALUEs, using the RTX address as a
1716 tie-breaker. The idea is to arrange them into a star topology,
1717 such that all of them are at most one step away from the canonical
1718 value, and the canonical value has backlinks to all of them, in
1719 addition to all the actual locations. We don't enforce this
1720 topology throughout the entire dataflow analysis, though.
1724 canon_value_cmp (rtx tval
, rtx cval
)
1727 || CSELIB_VAL_PTR (tval
)->uid
< CSELIB_VAL_PTR (cval
)->uid
;
1730 static bool dst_can_be_shared
;
1732 /* Return a copy of a variable VAR and insert it to dataflow set SET. */
1734 static variable_def
**
1735 unshare_variable (dataflow_set
*set
, variable_def
**slot
, variable var
,
1736 enum var_init_status initialized
)
1741 new_var
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool (var
->onepart
));
1742 new_var
->dv
= var
->dv
;
1743 new_var
->refcount
= 1;
1745 new_var
->n_var_parts
= var
->n_var_parts
;
1746 new_var
->onepart
= var
->onepart
;
1747 new_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
1749 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
1750 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
1752 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
1754 location_chain node
;
1755 location_chain
*nextp
;
1757 if (i
== 0 && var
->onepart
)
1759 /* One-part auxiliary data is only used while emitting
1760 notes, so propagate it to the new variable in the active
1761 dataflow set. If we're not emitting notes, this will be
1763 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) || emit_notes
);
1764 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
1765 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
1768 VAR_PART_OFFSET (new_var
, i
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
);
1769 nextp
= &new_var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
;
1770 for (node
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
1772 location_chain new_lc
;
1774 new_lc
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
1775 new_lc
->next
= NULL
;
1776 if (node
->init
> initialized
)
1777 new_lc
->init
= node
->init
;
1779 new_lc
->init
= initialized
;
1780 if (node
->set_src
&& !(MEM_P (node
->set_src
)))
1781 new_lc
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
1783 new_lc
->set_src
= NULL
;
1784 new_lc
->loc
= node
->loc
;
1787 nextp
= &new_lc
->next
;
1790 new_var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
;
1793 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
1794 if (shared_hash_shared (set
->vars
))
1795 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, var
->dv
, NO_INSERT
);
1796 else if (set
->traversed_vars
&& set
->vars
!= set
->traversed_vars
)
1797 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, var
->dv
);
1799 if (var
->in_changed_variables
)
1801 variable_def
**cslot
1802 = changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
,
1803 dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
),
1805 gcc_assert (*cslot
== (void *) var
);
1806 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
1807 variable_htab_free (var
);
1809 new_var
->in_changed_variables
= true;
1814 /* Copy all variables from hash table SRC to hash table DST. */
1817 vars_copy (variable_table_type
*dst
, variable_table_type
*src
)
1819 variable_iterator_type hi
;
1822 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*src
, var
, variable
, hi
)
1824 variable_def
**dstp
;
1826 dstp
= dst
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
),
1832 /* Map a decl to its main debug decl. */
1835 var_debug_decl (tree decl
)
1837 if (decl
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
1838 && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (decl
))
1840 tree debugdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (decl
);
1841 if (DECL_P (debugdecl
))
1848 /* Set the register LOC to contain DV, OFFSET. */
1851 var_reg_decl_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
1852 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
,
1853 enum insert_option iopt
)
1856 bool decl_p
= dv_is_decl_p (dv
);
1859 dv
= dv_from_decl (var_debug_decl (dv_as_decl (dv
)));
1861 for (node
= set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)]; node
; node
= node
->next
)
1862 if (dv_as_opaque (node
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
)
1863 && node
->offset
== offset
)
1866 attrs_list_insert (&set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)], dv
, offset
, loc
);
1867 set_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv
, offset
, initialized
, set_src
, iopt
);
1870 /* Set the register to contain REG_EXPR (LOC), REG_OFFSET (LOC). */
1873 var_reg_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
1876 tree decl
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
1877 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= REG_OFFSET (loc
);
1879 var_reg_decl_set (set
, loc
, initialized
,
1880 dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
, INSERT
);
1883 static enum var_init_status
1884 get_init_value (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, decl_or_value dv
)
1888 enum var_init_status ret_val
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
;
1890 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
1891 return VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
1893 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
1896 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
&& ret_val
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
; i
++)
1898 location_chain nextp
;
1899 for (nextp
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; nextp
; nextp
= nextp
->next
)
1900 if (rtx_equal_p (nextp
->loc
, loc
))
1902 ret_val
= nextp
->init
;
1911 /* Delete current content of register LOC in dataflow set SET and set
1912 the register to contain REG_EXPR (LOC), REG_OFFSET (LOC). If
1913 MODIFY is true, any other live copies of the same variable part are
1914 also deleted from the dataflow set, otherwise the variable part is
1915 assumed to be copied from another location holding the same
1919 var_reg_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool modify
,
1920 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
)
1922 tree decl
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
1923 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= REG_OFFSET (loc
);
1927 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
1929 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
1930 initialized
= get_init_value (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
));
1932 nextp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)];
1933 for (node
= *nextp
; node
; node
= next
)
1936 if (dv_as_opaque (node
->dv
) != decl
|| node
->offset
!= offset
)
1938 delete_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
);
1939 pool_free (attrs_pool
, node
);
1945 nextp
= &node
->next
;
1949 clobber_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
);
1950 var_reg_set (set
, loc
, initialized
, set_src
);
1953 /* Delete the association of register LOC in dataflow set SET with any
1954 variables that aren't onepart. If CLOBBER is true, also delete any
1955 other live copies of the same variable part, and delete the
1956 association with onepart dvs too. */
1959 var_reg_delete (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool clobber
)
1961 attrs
*nextp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)];
1966 tree decl
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
1967 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= REG_OFFSET (loc
);
1969 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
1971 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, NULL
);
1974 for (node
= *nextp
; node
; node
= next
)
1977 if (clobber
|| !dv_onepart_p (node
->dv
))
1979 delete_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
);
1980 pool_free (attrs_pool
, node
);
1984 nextp
= &node
->next
;
1988 /* Delete content of register with number REGNO in dataflow set SET. */
1991 var_regno_delete (dataflow_set
*set
, int regno
)
1993 attrs
*reg
= &set
->regs
[regno
];
1996 for (node
= *reg
; node
; node
= next
)
1999 delete_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
);
2000 pool_free (attrs_pool
, node
);
2005 /* Return true if I is the negated value of a power of two. */
2007 negative_power_of_two_p (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
2009 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT x
= -(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
)i
;
2010 return x
== (x
& -x
);
2013 /* Strip constant offsets and alignments off of LOC. Return the base
2017 vt_get_canonicalize_base (rtx loc
)
2019 while ((GET_CODE (loc
) == PLUS
2020 || GET_CODE (loc
) == AND
)
2021 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
, 1)) == CONST_INT
2022 && (GET_CODE (loc
) != AND
2023 || negative_power_of_two_p (INTVAL (XEXP (loc
, 1)))))
2024 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
2029 /* This caches canonicalized addresses for VALUEs, computed using
2030 information in the global cselib table. */
2031 static hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
> *global_get_addr_cache
;
2033 /* This caches canonicalized addresses for VALUEs, computed using
2034 information from the global cache and information pertaining to a
2035 basic block being analyzed. */
2036 static hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
> *local_get_addr_cache
;
2038 static rtx
vt_canonicalize_addr (dataflow_set
*, rtx
);
2040 /* Return the canonical address for LOC, that must be a VALUE, using a
2041 cached global equivalence or computing it and storing it in the
2045 get_addr_from_global_cache (rtx
const loc
)
2049 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
);
2052 rtx
*slot
= &global_get_addr_cache
->get_or_insert (loc
, &existed
);
2056 x
= canon_rtx (get_addr (loc
));
2058 /* Tentative, avoiding infinite recursion. */
2063 rtx nx
= vt_canonicalize_addr (NULL
, x
);
2066 /* The table may have moved during recursion, recompute
2068 *global_get_addr_cache
->get (loc
) = x
= nx
;
2075 /* Return the canonical address for LOC, that must be a VALUE, using a
2076 cached local equivalence or computing it and storing it in the
2080 get_addr_from_local_cache (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx
const loc
)
2087 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
);
2090 rtx
*slot
= &local_get_addr_cache
->get_or_insert (loc
, &existed
);
2094 x
= get_addr_from_global_cache (loc
);
2096 /* Tentative, avoiding infinite recursion. */
2099 /* Recurse to cache local expansion of X, or if we need to search
2100 for a VALUE in the expansion. */
2103 rtx nx
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, x
);
2106 slot
= local_get_addr_cache
->get (loc
);
2112 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
2113 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
2117 /* Look for an improved equivalent expression. */
2118 for (l
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
2120 rtx base
= vt_get_canonicalize_base (l
->loc
);
2121 if (GET_CODE (base
) == VALUE
2122 && canon_value_cmp (base
, loc
))
2124 rtx nx
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, l
->loc
);
2127 slot
= local_get_addr_cache
->get (loc
);
2137 /* Canonicalize LOC using equivalences from SET in addition to those
2138 in the cselib static table. It expects a VALUE-based expression,
2139 and it will only substitute VALUEs with other VALUEs or
2140 function-global equivalences, so that, if two addresses have base
2141 VALUEs that are locally or globally related in ways that
2142 memrefs_conflict_p cares about, they will both canonicalize to
2143 expressions that have the same base VALUE.
2145 The use of VALUEs as canonical base addresses enables the canonical
2146 RTXs to remain unchanged globally, if they resolve to a constant,
2147 or throughout a basic block otherwise, so that they can be cached
2148 and the cache needs not be invalidated when REGs, MEMs or such
2152 vt_canonicalize_addr (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx oloc
)
2154 HOST_WIDE_INT ofst
= 0;
2155 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (oloc
);
2162 while (GET_CODE (loc
) == PLUS
2163 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2165 ofst
+= INTVAL (XEXP (loc
, 1));
2166 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
2169 /* Alignment operations can't normally be combined, so just
2170 canonicalize the base and we're done. We'll normally have
2171 only one stack alignment anyway. */
2172 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == AND
2173 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
, 1)) == CONST_INT
2174 && negative_power_of_two_p (INTVAL (XEXP (loc
, 1))))
2176 x
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, XEXP (loc
, 0));
2177 if (x
!= XEXP (loc
, 0))
2178 loc
= gen_rtx_AND (mode
, x
, XEXP (loc
, 1));
2182 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
)
2185 loc
= get_addr_from_local_cache (set
, loc
);
2187 loc
= get_addr_from_global_cache (loc
);
2189 /* Consolidate plus_constants. */
2190 while (ofst
&& GET_CODE (loc
) == PLUS
2191 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
2193 ofst
+= INTVAL (XEXP (loc
, 1));
2194 loc
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
2201 x
= canon_rtx (loc
);
2208 /* Add OFST back in. */
2211 /* Don't build new RTL if we can help it. */
2212 if (GET_CODE (oloc
) == PLUS
2213 && XEXP (oloc
, 0) == loc
2214 && INTVAL (XEXP (oloc
, 1)) == ofst
)
2217 loc
= plus_constant (mode
, loc
, ofst
);
2223 /* Return true iff there's a true dependence between MLOC and LOC.
2224 MADDR must be a canonicalized version of MLOC's address. */
2227 vt_canon_true_dep (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx mloc
, rtx maddr
, rtx loc
)
2229 if (GET_CODE (loc
) != MEM
)
2232 rtx addr
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, XEXP (loc
, 0));
2233 if (!canon_true_dependence (mloc
, GET_MODE (mloc
), maddr
, loc
, addr
))
2239 /* Hold parameters for the hashtab traversal function
2240 drop_overlapping_mem_locs, see below. */
2242 struct overlapping_mems
2248 /* Remove all MEMs that overlap with COMS->LOC from the location list
2249 of a hash table entry for a value. COMS->ADDR must be a
2250 canonicalized form of COMS->LOC's address, and COMS->LOC must be
2251 canonicalized itself. */
2254 drop_overlapping_mem_locs (variable_def
**slot
, overlapping_mems
*coms
)
2256 dataflow_set
*set
= coms
->set
;
2257 rtx mloc
= coms
->loc
, addr
= coms
->addr
;
2258 variable var
= *slot
;
2260 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
2262 location_chain loc
, *locp
;
2263 bool changed
= false;
2266 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2268 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
2270 for (loc
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2271 if (vt_canon_true_dep (set
, mloc
, addr
, loc
->loc
))
2277 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
2279 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2282 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
2283 cur_loc
= VAR_LOC_FROM (var
);
2285 cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
2287 for (locp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, loc
= *locp
;
2290 if (!vt_canon_true_dep (set
, mloc
, addr
, loc
->loc
))
2297 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
2298 we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
2299 of changed variables. */
2300 if (cur_loc
== loc
->loc
)
2303 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
2304 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
2305 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
2307 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, loc
);
2310 if (!var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
)
2316 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
2322 /* Remove from SET all VALUE bindings to MEMs that overlap with LOC. */
2325 clobber_overlapping_mems (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
)
2327 struct overlapping_mems coms
;
2329 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
);
2332 coms
.loc
= canon_rtx (loc
);
2333 coms
.addr
= vt_canonicalize_addr (set
, XEXP (loc
, 0));
2335 set
->traversed_vars
= set
->vars
;
2336 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
2337 ->traverse
<overlapping_mems
*, drop_overlapping_mem_locs
> (&coms
);
2338 set
->traversed_vars
= NULL
;
2341 /* Set the location of DV, OFFSET as the MEM LOC. */
2344 var_mem_decl_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
2345 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
,
2346 enum insert_option iopt
)
2348 if (dv_is_decl_p (dv
))
2349 dv
= dv_from_decl (var_debug_decl (dv_as_decl (dv
)));
2351 set_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv
, offset
, initialized
, set_src
, iopt
);
2354 /* Set the location part of variable MEM_EXPR (LOC) in dataflow set
2356 Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based. */
2359 var_mem_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, enum var_init_status initialized
,
2362 tree decl
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
2363 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
);
2365 var_mem_decl_set (set
, loc
, initialized
,
2366 dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
, INSERT
);
2369 /* Delete and set the location part of variable MEM_EXPR (LOC) in
2370 dataflow set SET to LOC. If MODIFY is true, any other live copies
2371 of the same variable part are also deleted from the dataflow set,
2372 otherwise the variable part is assumed to be copied from another
2373 location holding the same part.
2374 Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based. */
2377 var_mem_delete_and_set (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool modify
,
2378 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
)
2380 tree decl
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
2381 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
);
2383 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, loc
);
2384 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
2386 if (initialized
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
2387 initialized
= get_init_value (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
));
2390 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, set_src
);
2391 var_mem_set (set
, loc
, initialized
, set_src
);
2394 /* Delete the location part LOC from dataflow set SET. If CLOBBER is
2395 true, also delete any other live copies of the same variable part.
2396 Adjust the address first if it is stack pointer based. */
2399 var_mem_delete (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, bool clobber
)
2401 tree decl
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
2402 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
);
2404 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, loc
);
2405 decl
= var_debug_decl (decl
);
2407 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
, NULL
);
2408 delete_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv_from_decl (decl
), offset
);
2411 /* Return true if LOC should not be expanded for location expressions,
2415 unsuitable_loc (rtx loc
)
2417 switch (GET_CODE (loc
))
2431 /* Bind VAL to LOC in SET. If MODIFIED, detach LOC from any values
2435 val_bind (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx val
, rtx loc
, bool modified
)
2440 var_regno_delete (set
, REGNO (loc
));
2441 var_reg_decl_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
2442 dv_from_value (val
), 0, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2444 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
2446 struct elt_loc_list
*l
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (val
)->locs
;
2449 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, loc
);
2451 if (l
&& GET_CODE (l
->loc
) == VALUE
)
2452 l
= canonical_cselib_val (CSELIB_VAL_PTR (l
->loc
))->locs
;
2454 /* If this MEM is a global constant, we don't need it in the
2455 dynamic tables. ??? We should test this before emitting the
2456 micro-op in the first place. */
2458 if (GET_CODE (l
->loc
) == MEM
&& XEXP (l
->loc
, 0) == XEXP (loc
, 0))
2464 var_mem_decl_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
2465 dv_from_value (val
), 0, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2469 /* Other kinds of equivalences are necessarily static, at least
2470 so long as we do not perform substitutions while merging
2473 set_variable_part (set
, loc
, dv_from_value (val
), 0,
2474 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2478 /* Bind a value to a location it was just stored in. If MODIFIED
2479 holds, assume the location was modified, detaching it from any
2480 values bound to it. */
2483 val_store (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx val
, rtx loc
, rtx_insn
*insn
,
2486 cselib_val
*v
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (val
);
2488 gcc_assert (cselib_preserved_value_p (v
));
2492 fprintf (dump_file
, "%i: ", insn
? INSN_UID (insn
) : 0);
2493 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, loc
, 0);
2494 fprintf (dump_file
, " evaluates to ");
2495 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, val
, 0);
2498 struct elt_loc_list
*l
;
2499 for (l
= v
->locs
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
2501 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n%i: ", INSN_UID (l
->setting_insn
));
2502 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, l
->loc
, 0);
2505 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
2508 gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc
));
2510 val_bind (set
, val
, loc
, modified
);
2513 /* Clear (canonical address) slots that reference X. */
2516 local_get_addr_clear_given_value (rtx
const &, rtx
*slot
, rtx x
)
2518 if (vt_get_canonicalize_base (*slot
) == x
)
2523 /* Reset this node, detaching all its equivalences. Return the slot
2524 in the variable hash table that holds dv, if there is one. */
2527 val_reset (dataflow_set
*set
, decl_or_value dv
)
2529 variable var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
) ;
2530 location_chain node
;
2533 if (!var
|| !var
->n_var_parts
)
2536 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2538 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
2540 rtx x
= dv_as_value (dv
);
2542 /* Relationships in the global cache don't change, so reset the
2543 local cache entry only. */
2544 rtx
*slot
= local_get_addr_cache
->get (x
);
2547 /* If the value resolved back to itself, odds are that other
2548 values may have cached it too. These entries now refer
2549 to the old X, so detach them too. Entries that used the
2550 old X but resolved to something else remain ok as long as
2551 that something else isn't also reset. */
2553 local_get_addr_cache
2554 ->traverse
<rtx
, local_get_addr_clear_given_value
> (x
);
2560 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2561 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
2562 && canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, cval
))
2565 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2566 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
&& cval
!= node
->loc
)
2568 /* Redirect the equivalence link to the new canonical
2569 value, or simply remove it if it would point at
2572 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, dv_from_value (node
->loc
),
2573 0, node
->init
, node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2574 delete_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (dv
),
2575 dv_from_value (node
->loc
), 0);
2580 decl_or_value cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
2582 /* Keep the remaining values connected, accummulating links
2583 in the canonical value. */
2584 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2586 if (node
->loc
== cval
)
2588 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
2589 var_reg_decl_set (set
, node
->loc
, node
->init
, cdv
, 0,
2590 node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2591 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == MEM
)
2592 var_mem_decl_set (set
, node
->loc
, node
->init
, cdv
, 0,
2593 node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2595 set_variable_part (set
, node
->loc
, cdv
, 0,
2596 node
->init
, node
->set_src
, NO_INSERT
);
2600 /* We remove this last, to make sure that the canonical value is not
2601 removed to the point of requiring reinsertion. */
2603 delete_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (dv
), dv_from_value (cval
), 0);
2605 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, dv
, 0, NULL
);
2608 /* Find the values in a given location and map the val to another
2609 value, if it is unique, or add the location as one holding the
2613 val_resolve (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx val
, rtx loc
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
2615 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_value (val
);
2617 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
2620 fprintf (dump_file
, "%i: ", INSN_UID (insn
));
2622 fprintf (dump_file
, "head: ");
2623 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, val
, 0);
2624 fputs (" is at ", dump_file
);
2625 print_inline_rtx (dump_file
, loc
, 0);
2626 fputc ('\n', dump_file
);
2629 val_reset (set
, dv
);
2631 gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc
));
2635 attrs node
, found
= NULL
;
2637 for (node
= set
->regs
[REGNO (loc
)]; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2638 if (dv_is_value_p (node
->dv
)
2639 && GET_MODE (dv_as_value (node
->dv
)) == GET_MODE (loc
))
2643 /* Map incoming equivalences. ??? Wouldn't it be nice if
2644 we just started sharing the location lists? Maybe a
2645 circular list ending at the value itself or some
2647 set_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (node
->dv
),
2648 dv_from_value (val
), node
->offset
,
2649 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2650 set_variable_part (set
, val
, node
->dv
, node
->offset
,
2651 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
, INSERT
);
2654 /* If we didn't find any equivalence, we need to remember that
2655 this value is held in the named register. */
2659 /* ??? Attempt to find and merge equivalent MEMs or other
2662 val_bind (set
, val
, loc
, false);
2665 /* Initialize dataflow set SET to be empty.
2666 VARS_SIZE is the initial size of hash table VARS. */
2669 dataflow_set_init (dataflow_set
*set
)
2671 init_attrs_list_set (set
->regs
);
2672 set
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (empty_shared_hash
);
2673 set
->stack_adjust
= 0;
2674 set
->traversed_vars
= NULL
;
2677 /* Delete the contents of dataflow set SET. */
2680 dataflow_set_clear (dataflow_set
*set
)
2684 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
2685 attrs_list_clear (&set
->regs
[i
]);
2687 shared_hash_destroy (set
->vars
);
2688 set
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (empty_shared_hash
);
2691 /* Copy the contents of dataflow set SRC to DST. */
2694 dataflow_set_copy (dataflow_set
*dst
, dataflow_set
*src
)
2698 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
2699 attrs_list_copy (&dst
->regs
[i
], src
->regs
[i
]);
2701 shared_hash_destroy (dst
->vars
);
2702 dst
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (src
->vars
);
2703 dst
->stack_adjust
= src
->stack_adjust
;
2706 /* Information for merging lists of locations for a given offset of variable.
2708 struct variable_union_info
2710 /* Node of the location chain. */
2713 /* The sum of positions in the input chains. */
2716 /* The position in the chain of DST dataflow set. */
2720 /* Buffer for location list sorting and its allocated size. */
2721 static struct variable_union_info
*vui_vec
;
2722 static int vui_allocated
;
2724 /* Compare function for qsort, order the structures by POS element. */
2727 variable_union_info_cmp_pos (const void *n1
, const void *n2
)
2729 const struct variable_union_info
*const i1
=
2730 (const struct variable_union_info
*) n1
;
2731 const struct variable_union_info
*const i2
=
2732 ( const struct variable_union_info
*) n2
;
2734 if (i1
->pos
!= i2
->pos
)
2735 return i1
->pos
- i2
->pos
;
2737 return (i1
->pos_dst
- i2
->pos_dst
);
2740 /* Compute union of location parts of variable *SLOT and the same variable
2741 from hash table DATA. Compute "sorted" union of the location chains
2742 for common offsets, i.e. the locations of a variable part are sorted by
2743 a priority where the priority is the sum of the positions in the 2 chains
2744 (if a location is only in one list the position in the second list is
2745 defined to be larger than the length of the chains).
2746 When we are updating the location parts the newest location is in the
2747 beginning of the chain, so when we do the described "sorted" union
2748 we keep the newest locations in the beginning. */
2751 variable_union (variable src
, dataflow_set
*set
)
2754 variable_def
**dstp
;
2757 dstp
= shared_hash_find_slot (set
->vars
, src
->dv
);
2758 if (!dstp
|| !*dstp
)
2762 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
2764 dstp
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, src
->dv
, INSERT
);
2768 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
2774 gcc_assert (src
->n_var_parts
);
2775 gcc_checking_assert (src
->onepart
== dst
->onepart
);
2777 /* We can combine one-part variables very efficiently, because their
2778 entries are in canonical order. */
2781 location_chain
*nodep
, dnode
, snode
;
2783 gcc_assert (src
->n_var_parts
== 1
2784 && dst
->n_var_parts
== 1);
2786 snode
= src
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
2789 restart_onepart_unshared
:
2790 nodep
= &dst
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
2796 int r
= dnode
? loc_cmp (dnode
->loc
, snode
->loc
) : 1;
2800 location_chain nnode
;
2802 if (shared_var_p (dst
, set
->vars
))
2804 dstp
= unshare_variable (set
, dstp
, dst
,
2805 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
2807 goto restart_onepart_unshared
;
2810 *nodep
= nnode
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
2811 nnode
->loc
= snode
->loc
;
2812 nnode
->init
= snode
->init
;
2813 if (!snode
->set_src
|| MEM_P (snode
->set_src
))
2814 nnode
->set_src
= NULL
;
2816 nnode
->set_src
= snode
->set_src
;
2817 nnode
->next
= dnode
;
2821 gcc_checking_assert (rtx_equal_p (dnode
->loc
, snode
->loc
));
2824 snode
= snode
->next
;
2826 nodep
= &dnode
->next
;
2833 gcc_checking_assert (!src
->onepart
);
2835 /* Count the number of location parts, result is K. */
2836 for (i
= 0, j
= 0, k
= 0;
2837 i
< src
->n_var_parts
&& j
< dst
->n_var_parts
; k
++)
2839 if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) == VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
2844 else if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) < VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
2849 k
+= src
->n_var_parts
- i
;
2850 k
+= dst
->n_var_parts
- j
;
2852 /* We track only variables whose size is <= MAX_VAR_PARTS bytes
2853 thus there are at most MAX_VAR_PARTS different offsets. */
2854 gcc_checking_assert (dst
->onepart
? k
== 1 : k
<= MAX_VAR_PARTS
);
2856 if (dst
->n_var_parts
!= k
&& shared_var_p (dst
, set
->vars
))
2858 dstp
= unshare_variable (set
, dstp
, dst
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
2862 i
= src
->n_var_parts
- 1;
2863 j
= dst
->n_var_parts
- 1;
2864 dst
->n_var_parts
= k
;
2866 for (k
--; k
>= 0; k
--)
2868 location_chain node
, node2
;
2870 if (i
>= 0 && j
>= 0
2871 && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) == VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
2873 /* Compute the "sorted" union of the chains, i.e. the locations which
2874 are in both chains go first, they are sorted by the sum of
2875 positions in the chains. */
2878 struct variable_union_info
*vui
;
2880 /* If DST is shared compare the location chains.
2881 If they are different we will modify the chain in DST with
2882 high probability so make a copy of DST. */
2883 if (shared_var_p (dst
, set
->vars
))
2885 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
,
2886 node2
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
; node
&& node2
;
2887 node
= node
->next
, node2
= node2
->next
)
2889 if (!((REG_P (node2
->loc
)
2890 && REG_P (node
->loc
)
2891 && REGNO (node2
->loc
) == REGNO (node
->loc
))
2892 || rtx_equal_p (node2
->loc
, node
->loc
)))
2894 if (node2
->init
< node
->init
)
2895 node2
->init
= node
->init
;
2901 dstp
= unshare_variable (set
, dstp
, dst
,
2902 VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
2903 dst
= (variable
)*dstp
;
2908 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2911 for (node
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2916 /* The most common case, much simpler, no qsort is needed. */
2917 location_chain dstnode
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
;
2918 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= dstnode
;
2919 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, k
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
);
2921 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
2922 if (!((REG_P (dstnode
->loc
)
2923 && REG_P (node
->loc
)
2924 && REGNO (dstnode
->loc
) == REGNO (node
->loc
))
2925 || rtx_equal_p (dstnode
->loc
, node
->loc
)))
2927 location_chain new_node
;
2929 /* Copy the location from SRC. */
2930 new_node
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
2931 new_node
->loc
= node
->loc
;
2932 new_node
->init
= node
->init
;
2933 if (!node
->set_src
|| MEM_P (node
->set_src
))
2934 new_node
->set_src
= NULL
;
2936 new_node
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
2937 node2
->next
= new_node
;
2944 if (src_l
+ dst_l
> vui_allocated
)
2946 vui_allocated
= MAX (vui_allocated
* 2, src_l
+ dst_l
);
2947 vui_vec
= XRESIZEVEC (struct variable_union_info
, vui_vec
,
2952 /* Fill in the locations from DST. */
2953 for (node
= dst
->var_part
[j
].loc_chain
, jj
= 0; node
;
2954 node
= node
->next
, jj
++)
2957 vui
[jj
].pos_dst
= jj
;
2959 /* Pos plus value larger than a sum of 2 valid positions. */
2960 vui
[jj
].pos
= jj
+ src_l
+ dst_l
;
2963 /* Fill in the locations from SRC. */
2965 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
, ii
= 0; node
;
2966 node
= node
->next
, ii
++)
2968 /* Find location from NODE. */
2969 for (jj
= 0; jj
< dst_l
; jj
++)
2971 if ((REG_P (vui
[jj
].lc
->loc
)
2972 && REG_P (node
->loc
)
2973 && REGNO (vui
[jj
].lc
->loc
) == REGNO (node
->loc
))
2974 || rtx_equal_p (vui
[jj
].lc
->loc
, node
->loc
))
2976 vui
[jj
].pos
= jj
+ ii
;
2980 if (jj
>= dst_l
) /* The location has not been found. */
2982 location_chain new_node
;
2984 /* Copy the location from SRC. */
2985 new_node
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
2986 new_node
->loc
= node
->loc
;
2987 new_node
->init
= node
->init
;
2988 if (!node
->set_src
|| MEM_P (node
->set_src
))
2989 new_node
->set_src
= NULL
;
2991 new_node
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
2992 vui
[n
].lc
= new_node
;
2993 vui
[n
].pos_dst
= src_l
+ dst_l
;
2994 vui
[n
].pos
= ii
+ src_l
+ dst_l
;
3001 /* Special case still very common case. For dst_l == 2
3002 all entries dst_l ... n-1 are sorted, with for i >= dst_l
3003 vui[i].pos == i + src_l + dst_l. */
3004 if (vui
[0].pos
> vui
[1].pos
)
3006 /* Order should be 1, 0, 2... */
3007 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= vui
[1].lc
;
3008 vui
[1].lc
->next
= vui
[0].lc
;
3011 vui
[0].lc
->next
= vui
[2].lc
;
3012 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3015 vui
[0].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3020 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= vui
[0].lc
;
3021 if (n
>= 3 && vui
[2].pos
< vui
[1].pos
)
3023 /* Order should be 0, 2, 1, 3... */
3024 vui
[0].lc
->next
= vui
[2].lc
;
3025 vui
[2].lc
->next
= vui
[1].lc
;
3028 vui
[1].lc
->next
= vui
[3].lc
;
3029 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3032 vui
[1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3037 /* Order should be 0, 1, 2... */
3039 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3042 for (; ii
< n
; ii
++)
3043 vui
[ii
- 1].lc
->next
= vui
[ii
].lc
;
3047 qsort (vui
, n
, sizeof (struct variable_union_info
),
3048 variable_union_info_cmp_pos
);
3050 /* Reconnect the nodes in sorted order. */
3051 for (ii
= 1; ii
< n
; ii
++)
3052 vui
[ii
- 1].lc
->next
= vui
[ii
].lc
;
3053 vui
[n
- 1].lc
->next
= NULL
;
3054 dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
= vui
[0].lc
;
3057 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, k
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
);
3062 else if ((i
>= 0 && j
>= 0
3063 && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) < VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
3066 dst
->var_part
[k
] = dst
->var_part
[j
];
3069 else if ((i
>= 0 && j
>= 0
3070 && VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
) > VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, j
))
3073 location_chain
*nextp
;
3075 /* Copy the chain from SRC. */
3076 nextp
= &dst
->var_part
[k
].loc_chain
;
3077 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3079 location_chain new_lc
;
3081 new_lc
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
3082 new_lc
->next
= NULL
;
3083 new_lc
->init
= node
->init
;
3084 if (!node
->set_src
|| MEM_P (node
->set_src
))
3085 new_lc
->set_src
= NULL
;
3087 new_lc
->set_src
= node
->set_src
;
3088 new_lc
->loc
= node
->loc
;
3091 nextp
= &new_lc
->next
;
3094 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dst
, k
) = VAR_PART_OFFSET (src
, i
);
3097 dst
->var_part
[k
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
3100 if (flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
3101 for (i
= 0; i
< src
->n_var_parts
&& i
< dst
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
3103 location_chain node
, node2
;
3104 for (node
= src
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3105 for (node2
= dst
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node2
; node2
= node2
->next
)
3106 if (rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, node2
->loc
))
3108 if (node
->init
> node2
->init
)
3109 node2
->init
= node
->init
;
3113 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
3117 /* Compute union of dataflow sets SRC and DST and store it to DST. */
3120 dataflow_set_union (dataflow_set
*dst
, dataflow_set
*src
)
3124 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
3125 attrs_list_union (&dst
->regs
[i
], src
->regs
[i
]);
3127 if (dst
->vars
== empty_shared_hash
)
3129 shared_hash_destroy (dst
->vars
);
3130 dst
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (src
->vars
);
3134 variable_iterator_type hi
;
3137 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (src
->vars
),
3139 variable_union (var
, dst
);
3143 /* Whether the value is currently being expanded. */
3144 #define VALUE_RECURSED_INTO(x) \
3145 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK2 ("VALUE_RECURSED_INTO", (x), VALUE, DEBUG_EXPR)->used)
3147 /* Whether no expansion was found, saving useless lookups.
3148 It must only be set when VALUE_CHANGED is clear. */
3149 #define NO_LOC_P(x) \
3150 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK2 ("NO_LOC_P", (x), VALUE, DEBUG_EXPR)->return_val)
3152 /* Whether cur_loc in the value needs to be (re)computed. */
3153 #define VALUE_CHANGED(x) \
3154 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VALUE_CHANGED", (x), VALUE)->frame_related)
3155 /* Whether cur_loc in the decl needs to be (re)computed. */
3156 #define DECL_CHANGED(x) TREE_VISITED (x)
3158 /* Record (if NEWV) that DV needs to have its cur_loc recomputed. For
3159 user DECLs, this means they're in changed_variables. Values and
3160 debug exprs may be left with this flag set if no user variable
3161 requires them to be evaluated. */
3164 set_dv_changed (decl_or_value dv
, bool newv
)
3166 switch (dv_onepart_p (dv
))
3170 NO_LOC_P (dv_as_value (dv
)) = false;
3171 VALUE_CHANGED (dv_as_value (dv
)) = newv
;
3176 NO_LOC_P (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dv_as_decl (dv
))) = false;
3177 /* Fall through... */
3180 DECL_CHANGED (dv_as_decl (dv
)) = newv
;
3185 /* Return true if DV needs to have its cur_loc recomputed. */
3188 dv_changed_p (decl_or_value dv
)
3190 return (dv_is_value_p (dv
)
3191 ? VALUE_CHANGED (dv_as_value (dv
))
3192 : DECL_CHANGED (dv_as_decl (dv
)));
3195 /* Return a location list node whose loc is rtx_equal to LOC, in the
3196 location list of a one-part variable or value VAR, or in that of
3197 any values recursively mentioned in the location lists. VARS must
3198 be in star-canonical form. */
3200 static location_chain
3201 find_loc_in_1pdv (rtx loc
, variable var
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
3203 location_chain node
;
3204 enum rtx_code loc_code
;
3209 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
);
3211 if (!var
->n_var_parts
)
3214 gcc_checking_assert (loc
!= dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
));
3216 loc_code
= GET_CODE (loc
);
3217 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3222 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) != loc_code
)
3224 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) != VALUE
)
3227 else if (loc
== node
->loc
)
3229 else if (loc_code
!= VALUE
)
3231 if (rtx_equal_p (loc
, node
->loc
))
3236 /* Since we're in star-canonical form, we don't need to visit
3237 non-canonical nodes: one-part variables and non-canonical
3238 values would only point back to the canonical node. */
3239 if (dv_is_value_p (var
->dv
)
3240 && !canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, dv_as_value (var
->dv
)))
3242 /* Skip all subsequent VALUEs. */
3243 while (node
->next
&& GET_CODE (node
->next
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3246 gcc_checking_assert (!canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
,
3247 dv_as_value (var
->dv
)));
3248 if (loc
== node
->loc
)
3254 gcc_checking_assert (node
== var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
);
3255 gcc_checking_assert (!node
->next
);
3257 dv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
3258 rvar
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
3259 return find_loc_in_1pdv (loc
, rvar
, vars
);
3262 /* ??? Gotta look in cselib_val locations too. */
3267 /* Hash table iteration argument passed to variable_merge. */
3270 /* The set in which the merge is to be inserted. */
3272 /* The set that we're iterating in. */
3274 /* The set that may contain the other dv we are to merge with. */
3276 /* Number of onepart dvs in src. */
3277 int src_onepart_cnt
;
3280 /* Insert LOC in *DNODE, if it's not there yet. The list must be in
3281 loc_cmp order, and it is maintained as such. */
3284 insert_into_intersection (location_chain
*nodep
, rtx loc
,
3285 enum var_init_status status
)
3287 location_chain node
;
3290 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; nodep
= &node
->next
, node
= *nodep
)
3291 if ((r
= loc_cmp (node
->loc
, loc
)) == 0)
3293 node
->init
= MIN (node
->init
, status
);
3299 node
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
3302 node
->set_src
= NULL
;
3303 node
->init
= status
;
3304 node
->next
= *nodep
;
3308 /* Insert in DEST the intersection of the locations present in both
3309 S1NODE and S2VAR, directly or indirectly. S1NODE is from a
3310 variable in DSM->cur, whereas S2VAR is from DSM->src. dvar is in
3314 intersect_loc_chains (rtx val
, location_chain
*dest
, struct dfset_merge
*dsm
,
3315 location_chain s1node
, variable s2var
)
3317 dataflow_set
*s1set
= dsm
->cur
;
3318 dataflow_set
*s2set
= dsm
->src
;
3319 location_chain found
;
3323 location_chain s2node
;
3325 gcc_checking_assert (s2var
->onepart
);
3327 if (s2var
->n_var_parts
)
3329 s2node
= s2var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3331 for (; s1node
&& s2node
;
3332 s1node
= s1node
->next
, s2node
= s2node
->next
)
3333 if (s1node
->loc
!= s2node
->loc
)
3335 else if (s1node
->loc
== val
)
3338 insert_into_intersection (dest
, s1node
->loc
,
3339 MIN (s1node
->init
, s2node
->init
));
3343 for (; s1node
; s1node
= s1node
->next
)
3345 if (s1node
->loc
== val
)
3348 if ((found
= find_loc_in_1pdv (s1node
->loc
, s2var
,
3349 shared_hash_htab (s2set
->vars
))))
3351 insert_into_intersection (dest
, s1node
->loc
,
3352 MIN (s1node
->init
, found
->init
));
3356 if (GET_CODE (s1node
->loc
) == VALUE
3357 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node
->loc
))
3359 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_value (s1node
->loc
);
3360 variable svar
= shared_hash_find (s1set
->vars
, dv
);
3363 if (svar
->n_var_parts
== 1)
3365 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node
->loc
) = true;
3366 intersect_loc_chains (val
, dest
, dsm
,
3367 svar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
,
3369 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (s1node
->loc
) = false;
3374 /* ??? gotta look in cselib_val locations too. */
3376 /* ??? if the location is equivalent to any location in src,
3377 searched recursively
3379 add to dst the values needed to represent the equivalence
3381 telling whether locations S is equivalent to another dv's
3384 for each location D in the list
3386 if S and D satisfy rtx_equal_p, then it is present
3388 else if D is a value, recurse without cycles
3390 else if S and D have the same CODE and MODE
3392 for each operand oS and the corresponding oD
3394 if oS and oD are not equivalent, then S an D are not equivalent
3396 else if they are RTX vectors
3398 if any vector oS element is not equivalent to its respective oD,
3399 then S and D are not equivalent
3407 /* Return -1 if X should be before Y in a location list for a 1-part
3408 variable, 1 if Y should be before X, and 0 if they're equivalent
3409 and should not appear in the list. */
3412 loc_cmp (rtx x
, rtx y
)
3415 RTX_CODE code
= GET_CODE (x
);
3425 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3426 if (REGNO (x
) == REGNO (y
))
3428 else if (REGNO (x
) < REGNO (y
))
3441 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3442 return loc_cmp (XEXP (x
, 0), XEXP (y
, 0));
3448 if (GET_CODE (x
) == VALUE
)
3450 if (GET_CODE (y
) != VALUE
)
3452 /* Don't assert the modes are the same, that is true only
3453 when not recursing. (subreg:QI (value:SI 1:1) 0)
3454 and (subreg:QI (value:DI 2:2) 0) can be compared,
3455 even when the modes are different. */
3456 if (canon_value_cmp (x
, y
))
3462 if (GET_CODE (y
) == VALUE
)
3465 /* Entry value is the least preferable kind of expression. */
3466 if (GET_CODE (x
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
3468 if (GET_CODE (y
) != ENTRY_VALUE
)
3470 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3471 return loc_cmp (ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (x
), ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (y
));
3474 if (GET_CODE (y
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
3477 if (GET_CODE (x
) == GET_CODE (y
))
3478 /* Compare operands below. */;
3479 else if (GET_CODE (x
) < GET_CODE (y
))
3484 gcc_assert (GET_MODE (x
) == GET_MODE (y
));
3486 if (GET_CODE (x
) == DEBUG_EXPR
)
3488 if (DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
))
3489 < DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (y
)))
3491 gcc_checking_assert (DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (x
))
3492 > DEBUG_TEMP_UID (DEBUG_EXPR_TREE_DECL (y
)));
3496 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
3497 for (i
= 0; i
< GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
); i
++)
3501 if (XWINT (x
, i
) == XWINT (y
, i
))
3503 else if (XWINT (x
, i
) < XWINT (y
, i
))
3510 if (XINT (x
, i
) == XINT (y
, i
))
3512 else if (XINT (x
, i
) < XINT (y
, i
))
3519 /* Compare the vector length first. */
3520 if (XVECLEN (x
, i
) == XVECLEN (y
, i
))
3521 /* Compare the vectors elements. */;
3522 else if (XVECLEN (x
, i
) < XVECLEN (y
, i
))
3527 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
3528 if ((r
= loc_cmp (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
),
3529 XVECEXP (y
, i
, j
))))
3534 if ((r
= loc_cmp (XEXP (x
, i
), XEXP (y
, i
))))
3540 if (XSTR (x
, i
) == XSTR (y
, i
))
3546 if ((r
= strcmp (XSTR (x
, i
), XSTR (y
, i
))) == 0)
3554 /* These are just backpointers, so they don't matter. */
3561 /* It is believed that rtx's at this level will never
3562 contain anything but integers and other rtx's,
3563 except for within LABEL_REFs and SYMBOL_REFs. */
3567 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_P (x
))
3569 /* Compare the vector length first. */
3570 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x
) >= CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (y
))
3572 else if (CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x
) < CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (y
))
3575 /* Compare the vectors elements. */;
3576 for (j
= CONST_WIDE_INT_NUNITS (x
) - 1; j
>= 0 ; j
--)
3578 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x
, j
) < CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (y
, j
))
3580 if (CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (x
, j
) > CONST_WIDE_INT_ELT (y
, j
))
3589 /* Check the order of entries in one-part variables. */
3592 canonicalize_loc_order_check (variable_def
**slot
,
3593 dataflow_set
*data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
3595 variable var
= *slot
;
3596 location_chain node
, next
;
3598 #ifdef ENABLE_RTL_CHECKING
3600 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
3601 gcc_assert (var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
== NULL
);
3602 gcc_assert (!var
->in_changed_variables
);
3608 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3609 node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3612 while ((next
= node
->next
))
3614 gcc_assert (loc_cmp (node
->loc
, next
->loc
) < 0);
3622 /* Mark with VALUE_RECURSED_INTO values that have neighbors that are
3623 more likely to be chosen as canonical for an equivalence set.
3624 Ensure less likely values can reach more likely neighbors, making
3625 the connections bidirectional. */
3628 canonicalize_values_mark (variable_def
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
3630 variable var
= *slot
;
3631 decl_or_value dv
= var
->dv
;
3633 location_chain node
;
3635 if (!dv_is_value_p (dv
))
3638 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3640 val
= dv_as_value (dv
);
3642 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3643 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3645 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, val
))
3646 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
3649 decl_or_value odv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
3650 variable_def
**oslot
;
3651 oslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, odv
);
3653 set_slot_part (set
, val
, oslot
, odv
, 0,
3654 node
->init
, NULL_RTX
);
3656 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
3663 /* Remove redundant entries from equivalence lists in onepart
3664 variables, canonicalizing equivalence sets into star shapes. */
3667 canonicalize_values_star (variable_def
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
3669 variable var
= *slot
;
3670 decl_or_value dv
= var
->dv
;
3671 location_chain node
;
3674 variable_def
**cslot
;
3681 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3683 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
3685 cval
= dv_as_value (dv
);
3686 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
))
3688 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = false;
3698 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3700 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3701 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3704 if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
3706 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, cval
))
3715 if (!has_marks
|| dv_is_decl_p (dv
))
3718 /* Keep it marked so that we revisit it, either after visiting a
3719 child node, or after visiting a new parent that might be
3721 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
3723 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3724 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
3725 && VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
3729 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = false;
3730 dv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
3731 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
3734 gcc_assert (dv_is_decl_p (var
->dv
));
3735 /* The canonical value was reset and dropped.
3737 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL
, var
->dv
, 0, NULL
);
3741 gcc_assert (dv_is_value_p (var
->dv
));
3742 if (var
->n_var_parts
== 0)
3744 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3748 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = false;
3753 /* Push values to the canonical one. */
3754 cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
3755 cslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, cdv
);
3757 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
3758 if (node
->loc
!= cval
)
3760 cslot
= set_slot_part (set
, node
->loc
, cslot
, cdv
, 0,
3761 node
->init
, NULL_RTX
);
3762 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
3764 decl_or_value ndv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
3766 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, ndv
, 0, node
->init
, NULL_RTX
,
3769 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, val
))
3771 /* If it could have been a local minimum, it's not any more,
3772 since it's now neighbor to cval, so it may have to push
3773 to it. Conversely, if it wouldn't have prevailed over
3774 val, then whatever mark it has is fine: if it was to
3775 push, it will now push to a more canonical node, but if
3776 it wasn't, then it has already pushed any values it might
3778 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
3779 /* Make sure we visit node->loc by ensuring we cval is
3781 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = true;
3783 else if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
3784 /* If we have no need to "recurse" into this node, it's
3785 already "canonicalized", so drop the link to the old
3787 clobber_variable_part (set
, cval
, ndv
, 0, NULL
);
3789 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
3791 attrs list
= set
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)], *listp
;
3793 /* Change an existing attribute referring to dv so that it
3794 refers to cdv, removing any duplicate this might
3795 introduce, and checking that no previous duplicates
3796 existed, all in a single pass. */
3800 if (list
->offset
== 0
3801 && (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
)
3802 || dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
)))
3809 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
))
3812 for (listp
= &list
->next
; (list
= *listp
); listp
= &list
->next
)
3817 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
))
3819 *listp
= list
->next
;
3820 pool_free (attrs_pool
, list
);
3825 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) != dv_as_opaque (dv
));
3828 else if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
))
3830 for (listp
= &list
->next
; (list
= *listp
); listp
= &list
->next
)
3835 if (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
))
3837 *listp
= list
->next
;
3838 pool_free (attrs_pool
, list
);
3843 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) != dv_as_opaque (cdv
));
3852 if (list
->offset
== 0
3853 && (dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
)
3854 || dv_as_opaque (list
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (cdv
)))
3864 set_slot_part (set
, val
, cslot
, cdv
, 0,
3865 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
);
3867 slot
= clobber_slot_part (set
, cval
, slot
, 0, NULL
);
3869 /* Variable may have been unshared. */
3871 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
&& var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
->loc
== cval
3872 && var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
->next
== NULL
);
3874 if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
))
3875 goto restart_with_cval
;
3880 /* Bind one-part variables to the canonical value in an equivalence
3881 set. Not doing this causes dataflow convergence failure in rare
3882 circumstances, see PR42873. Unfortunately we can't do this
3883 efficiently as part of canonicalize_values_star, since we may not
3884 have determined or even seen the canonical value of a set when we
3885 get to a variable that references another member of the set. */
3888 canonicalize_vars_star (variable_def
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
3890 variable var
= *slot
;
3891 decl_or_value dv
= var
->dv
;
3892 location_chain node
;
3895 variable_def
**cslot
;
3897 location_chain cnode
;
3899 if (!var
->onepart
|| var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
3902 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3904 node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3906 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) != VALUE
)
3909 gcc_assert (!node
->next
);
3912 /* Push values to the canonical one. */
3913 cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
3914 cslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, cdv
);
3918 gcc_assert (cvar
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3920 cnode
= cvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
3922 /* CVAL is canonical if its value list contains non-VALUEs or VALUEs
3923 that are not “more canonical” than it. */
3924 if (GET_CODE (cnode
->loc
) != VALUE
3925 || !canon_value_cmp (cnode
->loc
, cval
))
3928 /* CVAL was found to be non-canonical. Change the variable to point
3929 to the canonical VALUE. */
3930 gcc_assert (!cnode
->next
);
3933 slot
= set_slot_part (set
, cval
, slot
, dv
, 0,
3934 node
->init
, node
->set_src
);
3935 clobber_slot_part (set
, cval
, slot
, 0, node
->set_src
);
3940 /* Combine variable or value in *S1SLOT (in DSM->cur) with the
3941 corresponding entry in DSM->src. Multi-part variables are combined
3942 with variable_union, whereas onepart dvs are combined with
3946 variable_merge_over_cur (variable s1var
, struct dfset_merge
*dsm
)
3948 dataflow_set
*dst
= dsm
->dst
;
3949 variable_def
**dstslot
;
3950 variable s2var
, dvar
= NULL
;
3951 decl_or_value dv
= s1var
->dv
;
3952 onepart_enum_t onepart
= s1var
->onepart
;
3955 location_chain node
, *nodep
;
3957 /* If the incoming onepart variable has an empty location list, then
3958 the intersection will be just as empty. For other variables,
3959 it's always union. */
3960 gcc_checking_assert (s1var
->n_var_parts
3961 && s1var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
);
3964 return variable_union (s1var
, dst
);
3966 gcc_checking_assert (s1var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3968 dvhash
= dv_htab_hash (dv
);
3969 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
3970 val
= dv_as_value (dv
);
3974 s2var
= shared_hash_find_1 (dsm
->src
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
3977 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
3981 dsm
->src_onepart_cnt
--;
3982 gcc_assert (s2var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
3983 && s2var
->onepart
== onepart
3984 && s2var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3986 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
3990 gcc_assert (dvar
->refcount
== 1
3991 && dvar
->onepart
== onepart
3992 && dvar
->n_var_parts
== 1);
3993 nodep
= &dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4001 if (!dstslot
&& !onepart_variable_different_p (s1var
, s2var
))
4003 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (&dst
->vars
, dv
,
4005 *dstslot
= dvar
= s2var
;
4010 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4012 intersect_loc_chains (val
, nodep
, dsm
,
4013 s1var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, s2var
);
4019 dvar
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool (onepart
));
4022 dvar
->n_var_parts
= 1;
4023 dvar
->onepart
= onepart
;
4024 dvar
->in_changed_variables
= false;
4025 dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= node
;
4026 dvar
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4028 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar
) = NULL
;
4030 VAR_PART_OFFSET (dvar
, 0) = 0;
4033 = shared_hash_find_slot_unshare_1 (&dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
,
4035 gcc_assert (!*dstslot
);
4043 nodep
= &dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4044 while ((node
= *nodep
))
4046 location_chain
*nextp
= &node
->next
;
4048 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
4052 for (list
= dst
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)]; list
; list
= list
->next
)
4053 if (GET_MODE (node
->loc
) == GET_MODE (list
->loc
)
4054 && dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4058 attrs_list_insert (&dst
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)],
4060 /* If this value became canonical for another value that had
4061 this register, we want to leave it alone. */
4062 else if (dv_as_value (list
->dv
) != val
)
4064 dstslot
= set_slot_part (dst
, dv_as_value (list
->dv
),
4066 node
->init
, NULL_RTX
);
4067 dstslot
= delete_slot_part (dst
, node
->loc
, dstslot
, 0);
4069 /* Since nextp points into the removed node, we can't
4070 use it. The pointer to the next node moved to nodep.
4071 However, if the variable we're walking is unshared
4072 during our walk, we'll keep walking the location list
4073 of the previously-shared variable, in which case the
4074 node won't have been removed, and we'll want to skip
4075 it. That's why we test *nodep here. */
4081 /* Canonicalization puts registers first, so we don't have to
4087 if (dvar
!= *dstslot
)
4089 nodep
= &dvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4093 /* Mark all referenced nodes for canonicalization, and make sure
4094 we have mutual equivalence links. */
4095 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
4096 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4097 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4099 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
4100 set_variable_part (dst
, val
, dv_from_value (node
->loc
), 0,
4101 node
->init
, NULL
, INSERT
);
4104 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
4105 gcc_assert (*dstslot
== dvar
);
4106 canonicalize_values_star (dstslot
, dst
);
4107 gcc_checking_assert (dstslot
4108 == shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
,
4114 bool has_value
= false, has_other
= false;
4116 /* If we have one value and anything else, we're going to
4117 canonicalize this, so make sure all values have an entry in
4118 the table and are marked for canonicalization. */
4119 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4121 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4123 /* If this was marked during register canonicalization,
4124 we know we have to canonicalize values. */
4139 if (has_value
&& has_other
)
4141 for (node
= *nodep
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4143 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4145 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_value (node
->loc
);
4146 variable_def
**slot
= NULL
;
4148 if (shared_hash_shared (dst
->vars
))
4149 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (dst
->vars
, dv
);
4151 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&dst
->vars
, dv
,
4155 variable var
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool
4159 var
->n_var_parts
= 1;
4160 var
->onepart
= ONEPART_VALUE
;
4161 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
4162 var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
4163 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4164 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
4168 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
4172 dstslot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
, dv
, dvhash
);
4173 gcc_assert (*dstslot
== dvar
);
4174 canonicalize_values_star (dstslot
, dst
);
4175 gcc_checking_assert (dstslot
4176 == shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert_1 (dst
->vars
,
4182 if (!onepart_variable_different_p (dvar
, s2var
))
4184 variable_htab_free (dvar
);
4185 *dstslot
= dvar
= s2var
;
4188 else if (s2var
!= s1var
&& !onepart_variable_different_p (dvar
, s1var
))
4190 variable_htab_free (dvar
);
4191 *dstslot
= dvar
= s1var
;
4193 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4196 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4201 /* Copy s2slot (in DSM->src) to DSM->dst if the variable is a
4202 multi-part variable. Unions of multi-part variables and
4203 intersections of one-part ones will be handled in
4204 variable_merge_over_cur(). */
4207 variable_merge_over_src (variable s2var
, struct dfset_merge
*dsm
)
4209 dataflow_set
*dst
= dsm
->dst
;
4210 decl_or_value dv
= s2var
->dv
;
4212 if (!s2var
->onepart
)
4214 variable_def
**dstp
= shared_hash_find_slot (dst
->vars
, dv
);
4220 dsm
->src_onepart_cnt
++;
4224 /* Combine dataflow set information from SRC2 into DST, using PDST
4225 to carry over information across passes. */
4228 dataflow_set_merge (dataflow_set
*dst
, dataflow_set
*src2
)
4230 dataflow_set cur
= *dst
;
4231 dataflow_set
*src1
= &cur
;
4232 struct dfset_merge dsm
;
4234 size_t src1_elems
, src2_elems
;
4235 variable_iterator_type hi
;
4238 src1_elems
= shared_hash_htab (src1
->vars
)->elements ();
4239 src2_elems
= shared_hash_htab (src2
->vars
)->elements ();
4240 dataflow_set_init (dst
);
4241 dst
->stack_adjust
= cur
.stack_adjust
;
4242 shared_hash_destroy (dst
->vars
);
4243 dst
->vars
= (shared_hash
) pool_alloc (shared_hash_pool
);
4244 dst
->vars
->refcount
= 1;
4245 dst
->vars
->htab
= new variable_table_type (MAX (src1_elems
, src2_elems
));
4247 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
4248 attrs_list_mpdv_union (&dst
->regs
[i
], src1
->regs
[i
], src2
->regs
[i
]);
4253 dsm
.src_onepart_cnt
= 0;
4255 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (dsm
.src
->vars
),
4257 variable_merge_over_src (var
, &dsm
);
4258 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (dsm
.cur
->vars
),
4260 variable_merge_over_cur (var
, &dsm
);
4262 if (dsm
.src_onepart_cnt
)
4263 dst_can_be_shared
= false;
4265 dataflow_set_destroy (src1
);
4268 /* Mark register equivalences. */
4271 dataflow_set_equiv_regs (dataflow_set
*set
)
4276 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
4278 rtx canon
[NUM_MACHINE_MODES
];
4280 /* If the list is empty or one entry, no need to canonicalize
4282 if (set
->regs
[i
] == NULL
|| set
->regs
[i
]->next
== NULL
)
4285 memset (canon
, 0, sizeof (canon
));
4287 for (list
= set
->regs
[i
]; list
; list
= list
->next
)
4288 if (list
->offset
== 0 && dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4290 rtx val
= dv_as_value (list
->dv
);
4291 rtx
*cvalp
= &canon
[(int)GET_MODE (val
)];
4294 if (canon_value_cmp (val
, cval
))
4298 for (list
= set
->regs
[i
]; list
; list
= list
->next
)
4299 if (list
->offset
== 0 && dv_onepart_p (list
->dv
))
4301 rtx cval
= canon
[(int)GET_MODE (list
->loc
)];
4306 if (dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4308 rtx val
= dv_as_value (list
->dv
);
4313 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
4314 set_variable_part (set
, val
, dv_from_value (cval
), 0,
4315 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
4319 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (cval
) = true;
4320 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, list
->dv
, 0,
4321 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, NO_INSERT
);
4324 for (listp
= &set
->regs
[i
]; (list
= *listp
);
4325 listp
= list
? &list
->next
: listp
)
4326 if (list
->offset
== 0 && dv_onepart_p (list
->dv
))
4328 rtx cval
= canon
[(int)GET_MODE (list
->loc
)];
4329 variable_def
**slot
;
4334 if (dv_is_value_p (list
->dv
))
4336 rtx val
= dv_as_value (list
->dv
);
4337 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
))
4341 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, list
->dv
);
4342 canonicalize_values_star (slot
, set
);
4349 /* Remove any redundant values in the location list of VAR, which must
4350 be unshared and 1-part. */
4353 remove_duplicate_values (variable var
)
4355 location_chain node
, *nodep
;
4357 gcc_assert (var
->onepart
);
4358 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4359 gcc_assert (var
->refcount
== 1);
4361 for (nodep
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nodep
); )
4363 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4365 if (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
))
4367 /* Remove duplicate value node. */
4368 *nodep
= node
->next
;
4369 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, node
);
4373 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = true;
4375 nodep
= &node
->next
;
4378 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4379 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4381 gcc_assert (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
));
4382 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
) = false;
4387 /* Hash table iteration argument passed to variable_post_merge. */
4388 struct dfset_post_merge
4390 /* The new input set for the current block. */
4392 /* Pointer to the permanent input set for the current block, or
4394 dataflow_set
**permp
;
4397 /* Create values for incoming expressions associated with one-part
4398 variables that don't have value numbers for them. */
4401 variable_post_merge_new_vals (variable_def
**slot
, dfset_post_merge
*dfpm
)
4403 dataflow_set
*set
= dfpm
->set
;
4404 variable var
= *slot
;
4405 location_chain node
;
4407 if (!var
->onepart
|| !var
->n_var_parts
)
4410 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4412 if (dv_is_decl_p (var
->dv
))
4414 bool check_dupes
= false;
4417 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4419 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
4420 gcc_assert (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
));
4421 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == REG
)
4423 attrs att
, *attp
, *curp
= NULL
;
4425 if (var
->refcount
!= 1)
4427 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
,
4428 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
);
4433 for (attp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)]; (att
= *attp
);
4435 if (att
->offset
== 0
4436 && GET_MODE (att
->loc
) == GET_MODE (node
->loc
))
4438 if (dv_is_value_p (att
->dv
))
4440 rtx cval
= dv_as_value (att
->dv
);
4445 else if (dv_as_opaque (att
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
))
4453 if ((*curp
)->offset
== 0
4454 && GET_MODE ((*curp
)->loc
) == GET_MODE (node
->loc
)
4455 && dv_as_opaque ((*curp
)->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
))
4458 curp
= &(*curp
)->next
;
4469 *dfpm
->permp
= XNEW (dataflow_set
);
4470 dataflow_set_init (*dfpm
->permp
);
4473 for (att
= (*dfpm
->permp
)->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)];
4474 att
; att
= att
->next
)
4475 if (GET_MODE (att
->loc
) == GET_MODE (node
->loc
))
4477 gcc_assert (att
->offset
== 0
4478 && dv_is_value_p (att
->dv
));
4479 val_reset (set
, att
->dv
);
4486 cval
= dv_as_value (cdv
);
4490 /* Create a unique value to hold this register,
4491 that ought to be found and reused in
4492 subsequent rounds. */
4494 gcc_assert (!cselib_lookup (node
->loc
,
4495 GET_MODE (node
->loc
), 0,
4497 v
= cselib_lookup (node
->loc
, GET_MODE (node
->loc
), 1,
4499 cselib_preserve_value (v
);
4500 cselib_invalidate_rtx (node
->loc
);
4502 cdv
= dv_from_value (cval
);
4505 "Created new value %u:%u for reg %i\n",
4506 v
->uid
, v
->hash
, REGNO (node
->loc
));
4509 var_reg_decl_set (*dfpm
->permp
, node
->loc
,
4510 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
4511 cdv
, 0, NULL
, INSERT
);
4517 /* Remove attribute referring to the decl, which now
4518 uses the value for the register, already existing or
4519 to be added when we bring perm in. */
4522 pool_free (attrs_pool
, att
);
4527 remove_duplicate_values (var
);
4533 /* Reset values in the permanent set that are not associated with the
4534 chosen expression. */
4537 variable_post_merge_perm_vals (variable_def
**pslot
, dfset_post_merge
*dfpm
)
4539 dataflow_set
*set
= dfpm
->set
;
4540 variable pvar
= *pslot
, var
;
4541 location_chain pnode
;
4545 gcc_assert (dv_is_value_p (pvar
->dv
)
4546 && pvar
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4547 pnode
= pvar
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4550 && REG_P (pnode
->loc
));
4554 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
4557 /* Although variable_post_merge_new_vals may have made decls
4558 non-star-canonical, values that pre-existed in canonical form
4559 remain canonical, and newly-created values reference a single
4560 REG, so they are canonical as well. Since VAR has the
4561 location list for a VALUE, using find_loc_in_1pdv for it is
4562 fine, since VALUEs don't map back to DECLs. */
4563 if (find_loc_in_1pdv (pnode
->loc
, var
, shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)))
4565 val_reset (set
, dv
);
4568 for (att
= set
->regs
[REGNO (pnode
->loc
)]; att
; att
= att
->next
)
4569 if (att
->offset
== 0
4570 && GET_MODE (att
->loc
) == GET_MODE (pnode
->loc
)
4571 && dv_is_value_p (att
->dv
))
4574 /* If there is a value associated with this register already, create
4576 if (att
&& dv_as_value (att
->dv
) != dv_as_value (dv
))
4578 rtx cval
= dv_as_value (att
->dv
);
4579 set_variable_part (set
, cval
, dv
, 0, pnode
->init
, NULL
, INSERT
);
4580 set_variable_part (set
, dv_as_value (dv
), att
->dv
, 0, pnode
->init
,
4585 attrs_list_insert (&set
->regs
[REGNO (pnode
->loc
)],
4587 variable_union (pvar
, set
);
4593 /* Just checking stuff and registering register attributes for
4597 dataflow_post_merge_adjust (dataflow_set
*set
, dataflow_set
**permp
)
4599 struct dfset_post_merge dfpm
;
4604 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4605 ->traverse
<dfset_post_merge
*, variable_post_merge_new_vals
> (&dfpm
);
4607 shared_hash_htab ((*permp
)->vars
)
4608 ->traverse
<dfset_post_merge
*, variable_post_merge_perm_vals
> (&dfpm
);
4609 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4610 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_values_star
> (set
);
4611 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4612 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_vars_star
> (set
);
4615 /* Return a node whose loc is a MEM that refers to EXPR in the
4616 location list of a one-part variable or value VAR, or in that of
4617 any values recursively mentioned in the location lists. */
4619 static location_chain
4620 find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (tree expr
, rtx val
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
4622 location_chain node
;
4625 location_chain where
= NULL
;
4630 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (val
) == VALUE
4631 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
));
4633 dv
= dv_from_value (val
);
4634 var
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
4639 gcc_assert (var
->onepart
);
4641 if (!var
->n_var_parts
)
4644 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = true;
4646 for (node
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
4647 if (MEM_P (node
->loc
)
4648 && MEM_EXPR (node
->loc
) == expr
4649 && INT_MEM_OFFSET (node
->loc
) == 0)
4654 else if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
4655 && !VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (node
->loc
)
4656 && (where
= find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (expr
, node
->loc
, vars
)))
4659 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (val
) = false;
4664 /* Return TRUE if the value of MEM may vary across a call. */
4667 mem_dies_at_call (rtx mem
)
4669 tree expr
= MEM_EXPR (mem
);
4675 decl
= get_base_address (expr
);
4683 return (may_be_aliased (decl
)
4684 || (!TREE_READONLY (decl
) && is_global_var (decl
)));
4687 /* Remove all MEMs from the location list of a hash table entry for a
4688 one-part variable, except those whose MEM attributes map back to
4689 the variable itself, directly or within a VALUE. */
4692 dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs (variable_def
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
4694 variable var
= *slot
;
4696 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VDECL
|| var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
4698 tree decl
= dv_as_decl (var
->dv
);
4699 location_chain loc
, *locp
;
4700 bool changed
= false;
4702 if (!var
->n_var_parts
)
4705 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4707 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
4709 for (loc
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4711 /* We want to remove dying MEMs that doesn't refer to DECL. */
4712 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) == MEM
4713 && (MEM_EXPR (loc
->loc
) != decl
4714 || INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
->loc
) != 0)
4715 && !mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4717 /* We want to move here MEMs that do refer to DECL. */
4718 else if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) == VALUE
4719 && find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (decl
, loc
->loc
,
4720 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)))
4727 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
4729 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4732 for (locp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, loc
= *locp
;
4735 rtx old_loc
= loc
->loc
;
4736 if (GET_CODE (old_loc
) == VALUE
)
4738 location_chain mem_node
4739 = find_mem_expr_in_1pdv (decl
, loc
->loc
,
4740 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
));
4742 /* ??? This picks up only one out of multiple MEMs that
4743 refer to the same variable. Do we ever need to be
4744 concerned about dealing with more than one, or, given
4745 that they should all map to the same variable
4746 location, their addresses will have been merged and
4747 they will be regarded as equivalent? */
4750 loc
->loc
= mem_node
->loc
;
4751 loc
->set_src
= mem_node
->set_src
;
4752 loc
->init
= MIN (loc
->init
, mem_node
->init
);
4756 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) != MEM
4757 || (MEM_EXPR (loc
->loc
) == decl
4758 && INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
->loc
) == 0)
4759 || !mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4761 if (old_loc
!= loc
->loc
&& emit_notes
)
4763 if (old_loc
== var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
)
4766 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4775 if (old_loc
== var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
)
4778 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4782 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, loc
);
4785 if (!var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
)
4791 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
4797 /* Remove all MEMs from the location list of a hash table entry for a
4801 dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs (variable_def
**slot
, dataflow_set
*set
)
4803 variable var
= *slot
;
4805 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
4807 location_chain loc
, *locp
;
4808 bool changed
= false;
4811 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4813 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
4815 for (loc
= var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4816 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) == MEM
4817 && mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4823 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
4825 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4828 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
4829 cur_loc
= VAR_LOC_FROM (var
);
4831 cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
4833 for (locp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
, loc
= *locp
;
4836 if (GET_CODE (loc
->loc
) != MEM
4837 || !mem_dies_at_call (loc
->loc
))
4844 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
4845 we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
4846 of changed variables. */
4847 if (cur_loc
== loc
->loc
)
4850 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
4851 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
4852 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
4854 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, loc
);
4857 if (!var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
)
4863 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
4869 /* Remove all variable-location information about call-clobbered
4870 registers, as well as associations between MEMs and VALUEs. */
4873 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (dataflow_set
*set
)
4876 hard_reg_set_iterator hrsi
;
4878 EXECUTE_IF_SET_IN_HARD_REG_SET (regs_invalidated_by_call
, 0, r
, hrsi
)
4879 var_regno_delete (set
, r
);
4881 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
4883 set
->traversed_vars
= set
->vars
;
4884 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4885 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set_preserve_mem_locs
> (set
);
4886 set
->traversed_vars
= set
->vars
;
4887 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)
4888 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, dataflow_set_remove_mem_locs
> (set
);
4889 set
->traversed_vars
= NULL
;
4894 variable_part_different_p (variable_part
*vp1
, variable_part
*vp2
)
4896 location_chain lc1
, lc2
;
4898 for (lc1
= vp1
->loc_chain
; lc1
; lc1
= lc1
->next
)
4900 for (lc2
= vp2
->loc_chain
; lc2
; lc2
= lc2
->next
)
4902 if (REG_P (lc1
->loc
) && REG_P (lc2
->loc
))
4904 if (REGNO (lc1
->loc
) == REGNO (lc2
->loc
))
4907 if (rtx_equal_p (lc1
->loc
, lc2
->loc
))
4916 /* Return true if one-part variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different.
4917 They must be in canonical order. */
4920 onepart_variable_different_p (variable var1
, variable var2
)
4922 location_chain lc1
, lc2
;
4927 gcc_assert (var1
->n_var_parts
== 1
4928 && var2
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4930 lc1
= var1
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4931 lc2
= var2
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
4933 gcc_assert (lc1
&& lc2
);
4937 if (loc_cmp (lc1
->loc
, lc2
->loc
))
4946 /* Return true if variables VAR1 and VAR2 are different. */
4949 variable_different_p (variable var1
, variable var2
)
4956 if (var1
->onepart
!= var2
->onepart
)
4959 if (var1
->n_var_parts
!= var2
->n_var_parts
)
4962 if (var1
->onepart
&& var1
->n_var_parts
)
4964 gcc_checking_assert (dv_as_opaque (var1
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var2
->dv
)
4965 && var1
->n_var_parts
== 1);
4966 /* One-part values have locations in a canonical order. */
4967 return onepart_variable_different_p (var1
, var2
);
4970 for (i
= 0; i
< var1
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
4972 if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (var1
, i
) != VAR_PART_OFFSET (var2
, i
))
4974 if (variable_part_different_p (&var1
->var_part
[i
], &var2
->var_part
[i
]))
4976 if (variable_part_different_p (&var2
->var_part
[i
], &var1
->var_part
[i
]))
4982 /* Return true if dataflow sets OLD_SET and NEW_SET differ. */
4985 dataflow_set_different (dataflow_set
*old_set
, dataflow_set
*new_set
)
4987 variable_iterator_type hi
;
4990 if (old_set
->vars
== new_set
->vars
)
4993 if (shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
)->elements ()
4994 != shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
)->elements ())
4997 FOR_EACH_HASH_TABLE_ELEMENT (*shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
),
5000 variable_table_type
*htab
= shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
);
5001 variable var2
= htab
->find_with_hash (var1
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (var1
->dv
));
5004 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
5006 fprintf (dump_file
, "dataflow difference found: removal of:\n");
5012 if (variable_different_p (var1
, var2
))
5014 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
5016 fprintf (dump_file
, "dataflow difference found: "
5017 "old and new follow:\n");
5025 /* No need to traverse the second hashtab, if both have the same number
5026 of elements and the second one had all entries found in the first one,
5027 then it can't have any extra entries. */
5031 /* Free the contents of dataflow set SET. */
5034 dataflow_set_destroy (dataflow_set
*set
)
5038 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
5039 attrs_list_clear (&set
->regs
[i
]);
5041 shared_hash_destroy (set
->vars
);
5045 /* Return true if RTL X contains a SYMBOL_REF. */
5048 contains_symbol_ref (rtx x
)
5057 code
= GET_CODE (x
);
5058 if (code
== SYMBOL_REF
)
5061 fmt
= GET_RTX_FORMAT (code
);
5062 for (i
= GET_RTX_LENGTH (code
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
5066 if (contains_symbol_ref (XEXP (x
, i
)))
5069 else if (fmt
[i
] == 'E')
5072 for (j
= 0; j
< XVECLEN (x
, i
); j
++)
5073 if (contains_symbol_ref (XVECEXP (x
, i
, j
)))
5081 /* Shall EXPR be tracked? */
5084 track_expr_p (tree expr
, bool need_rtl
)
5089 if (TREE_CODE (expr
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
)
5090 return DECL_RTL_SET_P (expr
);
5092 /* If EXPR is not a parameter or a variable do not track it. */
5093 if (TREE_CODE (expr
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (expr
) != PARM_DECL
)
5096 /* It also must have a name... */
5097 if (!DECL_NAME (expr
) && need_rtl
)
5100 /* ... and a RTL assigned to it. */
5101 decl_rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (expr
);
5102 if (!decl_rtl
&& need_rtl
)
5105 /* If this expression is really a debug alias of some other declaration, we
5106 don't need to track this expression if the ultimate declaration is
5109 if (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_HAS_DEBUG_EXPR_P (realdecl
))
5111 realdecl
= DECL_DEBUG_EXPR (realdecl
);
5112 if (!DECL_P (realdecl
))
5114 if (handled_component_p (realdecl
)
5115 || (TREE_CODE (realdecl
) == MEM_REF
5116 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (realdecl
, 0)) == ADDR_EXPR
))
5118 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, maxsize
;
5120 = get_ref_base_and_extent (realdecl
, &bitpos
, &bitsize
,
5122 if (!DECL_P (innerdecl
)
5123 || DECL_IGNORED_P (innerdecl
)
5124 /* Do not track declarations for parts of tracked parameters
5125 since we want to track them as a whole instead. */
5126 || (TREE_CODE (innerdecl
) == PARM_DECL
5127 && DECL_MODE (innerdecl
) != BLKmode
5128 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (innerdecl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
5129 || TREE_STATIC (innerdecl
)
5131 || bitpos
+ bitsize
> 256
5132 || bitsize
!= maxsize
)
5142 /* Do not track EXPR if REALDECL it should be ignored for debugging
5144 if (DECL_IGNORED_P (realdecl
))
5147 /* Do not track global variables until we are able to emit correct location
5149 if (TREE_STATIC (realdecl
))
5152 /* When the EXPR is a DECL for alias of some variable (see example)
5153 the TREE_STATIC flag is not used. Disable tracking all DECLs whose
5154 DECL_RTL contains SYMBOL_REF.
5157 extern char **_dl_argv_internal __attribute__ ((alias ("_dl_argv")));
5160 if (decl_rtl
&& MEM_P (decl_rtl
)
5161 && contains_symbol_ref (XEXP (decl_rtl
, 0)))
5164 /* If RTX is a memory it should not be very large (because it would be
5165 an array or struct). */
5166 if (decl_rtl
&& MEM_P (decl_rtl
))
5168 /* Do not track structures and arrays. */
5169 if (GET_MODE (decl_rtl
) == BLKmode
5170 || AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (realdecl
)))
5172 if (MEM_SIZE_KNOWN_P (decl_rtl
)
5173 && MEM_SIZE (decl_rtl
) > MAX_VAR_PARTS
)
5177 DECL_CHANGED (expr
) = 0;
5178 DECL_CHANGED (realdecl
) = 0;
5182 /* Determine whether a given LOC refers to the same variable part as
5186 same_variable_part_p (rtx loc
, tree expr
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
5189 HOST_WIDE_INT offset2
;
5191 if (! DECL_P (expr
))
5196 expr2
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
5197 offset2
= REG_OFFSET (loc
);
5199 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
5201 expr2
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
5202 offset2
= INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
);
5207 if (! expr2
|| ! DECL_P (expr2
))
5210 expr
= var_debug_decl (expr
);
5211 expr2
= var_debug_decl (expr2
);
5213 return (expr
== expr2
&& offset
== offset2
);
5216 /* LOC is a REG or MEM that we would like to track if possible.
5217 If EXPR is null, we don't know what expression LOC refers to,
5218 otherwise it refers to EXPR + OFFSET. STORE_REG_P is true if
5219 LOC is an lvalue register.
5221 Return true if EXPR is nonnull and if LOC, or some lowpart of it,
5222 is something we can track. When returning true, store the mode of
5223 the lowpart we can track in *MODE_OUT (if nonnull) and its offset
5224 from EXPR in *OFFSET_OUT (if nonnull). */
5227 track_loc_p (rtx loc
, tree expr
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, bool store_reg_p
,
5228 machine_mode
*mode_out
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*offset_out
)
5232 if (expr
== NULL
|| !track_expr_p (expr
, true))
5235 /* If REG was a paradoxical subreg, its REG_ATTRS will describe the
5236 whole subreg, but only the old inner part is really relevant. */
5237 mode
= GET_MODE (loc
);
5238 if (REG_P (loc
) && !HARD_REGISTER_NUM_P (ORIGINAL_REGNO (loc
)))
5240 machine_mode pseudo_mode
;
5242 pseudo_mode
= PSEUDO_REGNO_MODE (ORIGINAL_REGNO (loc
));
5243 if (GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > GET_MODE_SIZE (pseudo_mode
))
5245 offset
+= byte_lowpart_offset (pseudo_mode
, mode
);
5250 /* If LOC is a paradoxical lowpart of EXPR, refer to EXPR itself.
5251 Do the same if we are storing to a register and EXPR occupies
5252 the whole of register LOC; in that case, the whole of EXPR is
5253 being changed. We exclude complex modes from the second case
5254 because the real and imaginary parts are represented as separate
5255 pseudo registers, even if the whole complex value fits into one
5257 if ((GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) > GET_MODE_SIZE (DECL_MODE (expr
))
5259 && !COMPLEX_MODE_P (DECL_MODE (expr
))
5260 && hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (loc
)][DECL_MODE (expr
)] == 1))
5261 && offset
+ byte_lowpart_offset (DECL_MODE (expr
), mode
) == 0)
5263 mode
= DECL_MODE (expr
);
5267 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= MAX_VAR_PARTS
)
5273 *offset_out
= offset
;
5277 /* Return the MODE lowpart of LOC, or null if LOC is not something we
5278 want to track. When returning nonnull, make sure that the attributes
5279 on the returned value are updated. */
5282 var_lowpart (machine_mode mode
, rtx loc
)
5284 unsigned int offset
, reg_offset
, regno
;
5286 if (GET_MODE (loc
) == mode
)
5289 if (!REG_P (loc
) && !MEM_P (loc
))
5292 offset
= byte_lowpart_offset (mode
, GET_MODE (loc
));
5295 return adjust_address_nv (loc
, mode
, offset
);
5297 reg_offset
= subreg_lowpart_offset (mode
, GET_MODE (loc
));
5298 regno
= REGNO (loc
) + subreg_regno_offset (REGNO (loc
), GET_MODE (loc
),
5300 return gen_rtx_REG_offset (loc
, mode
, regno
, offset
);
5303 /* Carry information about uses and stores while walking rtx. */
5305 struct count_use_info
5307 /* The insn where the RTX is. */
5310 /* The basic block where insn is. */
5313 /* The array of n_sets sets in the insn, as determined by cselib. */
5314 struct cselib_set
*sets
;
5317 /* True if we're counting stores, false otherwise. */
5321 /* Find a VALUE corresponding to X. */
5323 static inline cselib_val
*
5324 find_use_val (rtx x
, machine_mode mode
, struct count_use_info
*cui
)
5330 /* This is called after uses are set up and before stores are
5331 processed by cselib, so it's safe to look up srcs, but not
5332 dsts. So we look up expressions that appear in srcs or in
5333 dest expressions, but we search the sets array for dests of
5337 /* Some targets represent memset and memcpy patterns
5338 by (set (mem:BLK ...) (reg:[QHSD]I ...)) or
5339 (set (mem:BLK ...) (const_int ...)) or
5340 (set (mem:BLK ...) (mem:BLK ...)). Don't return anything
5341 in that case, otherwise we end up with mode mismatches. */
5342 if (mode
== BLKmode
&& MEM_P (x
))
5344 for (i
= 0; i
< cui
->n_sets
; i
++)
5345 if (cui
->sets
[i
].dest
== x
)
5346 return cui
->sets
[i
].src_elt
;
5349 return cselib_lookup (x
, mode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
5355 /* Replace all registers and addresses in an expression with VALUE
5356 expressions that map back to them, unless the expression is a
5357 register. If no mapping is or can be performed, returns NULL. */
5360 replace_expr_with_values (rtx loc
)
5362 if (REG_P (loc
) || GET_CODE (loc
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
5364 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
5366 cselib_val
*addr
= cselib_lookup (XEXP (loc
, 0),
5367 get_address_mode (loc
), 0,
5370 return replace_equiv_address_nv (loc
, addr
->val_rtx
);
5375 return cselib_subst_to_values (loc
, VOIDmode
);
5378 /* Return true if X contains a DEBUG_EXPR. */
5381 rtx_debug_expr_p (const_rtx x
)
5383 subrtx_iterator::array_type array
;
5384 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter
, array
, x
, ALL
)
5385 if (GET_CODE (*iter
) == DEBUG_EXPR
)
5390 /* Determine what kind of micro operation to choose for a USE. Return
5391 MO_CLOBBER if no micro operation is to be generated. */
5393 static enum micro_operation_type
5394 use_type (rtx loc
, struct count_use_info
*cui
, machine_mode
*modep
)
5398 if (cui
&& cui
->sets
)
5400 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == VAR_LOCATION
)
5402 if (track_expr_p (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (loc
), false))
5404 rtx ploc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (loc
);
5405 if (! VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (ploc
))
5407 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (ploc
, GET_MODE (loc
), 1,
5410 /* ??? flag_float_store and volatile mems are never
5411 given values, but we could in theory use them for
5413 gcc_assert (val
|| 1);
5421 if (REG_P (loc
) || MEM_P (loc
))
5424 *modep
= GET_MODE (loc
);
5428 || (find_use_val (loc
, GET_MODE (loc
), cui
)
5429 && cselib_lookup (XEXP (loc
, 0),
5430 get_address_mode (loc
), 0,
5436 cselib_val
*val
= find_use_val (loc
, GET_MODE (loc
), cui
);
5438 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5446 gcc_assert (REGNO (loc
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
5448 if (loc
== cfa_base_rtx
)
5450 expr
= REG_EXPR (loc
);
5453 return MO_USE_NO_VAR
;
5454 else if (target_for_debug_bind (var_debug_decl (expr
)))
5456 else if (track_loc_p (loc
, expr
, REG_OFFSET (loc
),
5457 false, modep
, NULL
))
5460 return MO_USE_NO_VAR
;
5462 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
5464 expr
= MEM_EXPR (loc
);
5468 else if (target_for_debug_bind (var_debug_decl (expr
)))
5470 else if (track_loc_p (loc
, expr
, INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
),
5472 /* Multi-part variables shouldn't refer to one-part
5473 variable names such as VALUEs (never happens) or
5474 DEBUG_EXPRs (only happens in the presence of debug
5476 && (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
5477 || !rtx_debug_expr_p (XEXP (loc
, 0))))
5486 /* Log to OUT information about micro-operation MOPT involving X in
5490 log_op_type (rtx x
, basic_block bb
, rtx_insn
*insn
,
5491 enum micro_operation_type mopt
, FILE *out
)
5493 fprintf (out
, "bb %i op %i insn %i %s ",
5494 bb
->index
, VTI (bb
)->mos
.length (),
5495 INSN_UID (insn
), micro_operation_type_name
[mopt
]);
5496 print_inline_rtx (out
, x
, 2);
5500 /* Tell whether the CONCAT used to holds a VALUE and its location
5501 needs value resolution, i.e., an attempt of mapping the location
5502 back to other incoming values. */
5503 #define VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION(x) \
5504 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION", (x), CONCAT)->volatil)
5505 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT is a tracked expression, that
5506 should also be handled like a MO_USE. */
5507 #define VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR(x) \
5508 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR", (x), CONCAT)->used)
5509 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT should be handled like a MO_COPY
5511 #define VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED(x) \
5512 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED", (x), CONCAT)->jump)
5513 /* Whether the location in the CONCAT should be handled like a
5514 MO_CLOBBER as well. */
5515 #define VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED(x) \
5516 (RTL_FLAG_CHECK1 ("VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED", (x), CONCAT)->unchanging)
5518 /* All preserved VALUEs. */
5519 static vec
<rtx
> preserved_values
;
5521 /* Ensure VAL is preserved and remember it in a vector for vt_emit_notes. */
5524 preserve_value (cselib_val
*val
)
5526 cselib_preserve_value (val
);
5527 preserved_values
.safe_push (val
->val_rtx
);
5530 /* Helper function for MO_VAL_LOC handling. Return non-zero if
5531 any rtxes not suitable for CONST use not replaced by VALUEs
5535 non_suitable_const (const_rtx x
)
5537 subrtx_iterator::array_type array
;
5538 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX (iter
, array
, x
, ALL
)
5540 const_rtx x
= *iter
;
5541 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
5552 if (!MEM_READONLY_P (x
))
5562 /* Add uses (register and memory references) LOC which will be tracked
5563 to VTI (bb)->mos. */
5566 add_uses (rtx loc
, struct count_use_info
*cui
)
5568 machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
;
5569 enum micro_operation_type type
= use_type (loc
, cui
, &mode
);
5571 if (type
!= MO_CLOBBER
)
5573 basic_block bb
= cui
->bb
;
5577 mo
.u
.loc
= type
== MO_USE
? var_lowpart (mode
, loc
) : loc
;
5578 mo
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
5580 if (type
== MO_VAL_LOC
)
5583 rtx vloc
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc
);
5586 gcc_assert (cui
->sets
);
5589 && !REG_P (XEXP (vloc
, 0))
5590 && !MEM_P (XEXP (vloc
, 0)))
5593 machine_mode address_mode
= get_address_mode (mloc
);
5595 = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc
, 0), address_mode
, 0,
5598 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5599 preserve_value (val
);
5602 if (CONSTANT_P (vloc
)
5603 && (GET_CODE (vloc
) != CONST
|| non_suitable_const (vloc
)))
5604 /* For constants don't look up any value. */;
5605 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (vloc
) && !unsuitable_loc (vloc
)
5606 && (val
= find_use_val (vloc
, GET_MODE (oloc
), cui
)))
5609 enum micro_operation_type type2
;
5611 bool resolvable
= REG_P (vloc
) || MEM_P (vloc
);
5614 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (vloc
);
5618 oloc
= shallow_copy_rtx (oloc
);
5619 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc
) = nloc
;
5622 oloc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, val
->val_rtx
, oloc
);
5624 type2
= use_type (vloc
, 0, &mode2
);
5626 gcc_assert (type2
== MO_USE
|| type2
== MO_USE_NO_VAR
5627 || type2
== MO_CLOBBER
);
5629 if (type2
== MO_CLOBBER
5630 && !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5632 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (oloc
) = resolvable
;
5633 preserve_value (val
);
5636 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (vloc
))
5638 oloc
= shallow_copy_rtx (oloc
);
5639 PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (oloc
) = gen_rtx_UNKNOWN_VAR_LOC ();
5644 else if (type
== MO_VAL_USE
)
5646 machine_mode mode2
= VOIDmode
;
5647 enum micro_operation_type type2
;
5648 cselib_val
*val
= find_use_val (loc
, GET_MODE (loc
), cui
);
5649 rtx vloc
, oloc
= loc
, nloc
;
5651 gcc_assert (cui
->sets
);
5654 && !REG_P (XEXP (oloc
, 0))
5655 && !MEM_P (XEXP (oloc
, 0)))
5658 machine_mode address_mode
= get_address_mode (mloc
);
5660 = cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc
, 0), address_mode
, 0,
5663 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5664 preserve_value (val
);
5667 type2
= use_type (loc
, 0, &mode2
);
5669 gcc_assert (type2
== MO_USE
|| type2
== MO_USE_NO_VAR
5670 || type2
== MO_CLOBBER
);
5672 if (type2
== MO_USE
)
5673 vloc
= var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
);
5677 /* The loc of a MO_VAL_USE may have two forms:
5679 (concat val src): val is at src, a value-based
5682 (concat (concat val use) src): same as above, with use as
5683 the MO_USE tracked value, if it differs from src.
5687 gcc_checking_assert (REG_P (loc
) || MEM_P (loc
));
5688 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (loc
);
5693 oloc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode2
, val
->val_rtx
, vloc
);
5695 oloc
= val
->val_rtx
;
5697 mo
.u
.loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, oloc
, nloc
);
5699 if (type2
== MO_USE
)
5700 VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (mo
.u
.loc
) = 1;
5701 if (!cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5703 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (mo
.u
.loc
) = 1;
5704 preserve_value (val
);
5708 gcc_assert (type
== MO_USE
|| type
== MO_USE_NO_VAR
);
5710 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
5711 log_op_type (mo
.u
.loc
, cui
->bb
, cui
->insn
, mo
.type
, dump_file
);
5712 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
5716 /* Helper function for finding all uses of REG/MEM in X in insn INSN. */
5719 add_uses_1 (rtx
*x
, void *cui
)
5721 subrtx_var_iterator::array_type array
;
5722 FOR_EACH_SUBRTX_VAR (iter
, array
, *x
, NONCONST
)
5723 add_uses (*iter
, (struct count_use_info
*) cui
);
5726 /* This is the value used during expansion of locations. We want it
5727 to be unbounded, so that variables expanded deep in a recursion
5728 nest are fully evaluated, so that their values are cached
5729 correctly. We avoid recursion cycles through other means, and we
5730 don't unshare RTL, so excess complexity is not a problem. */
5731 #define EXPR_DEPTH (INT_MAX)
5732 /* We use this to keep too-complex expressions from being emitted as
5733 location notes, and then to debug information. Users can trade
5734 compile time for ridiculously complex expressions, although they're
5735 seldom useful, and they may often have to be discarded as not
5736 representable anyway. */
5737 #define EXPR_USE_DEPTH (PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_MAX_VARTRACK_EXPR_DEPTH))
5739 /* Attempt to reverse the EXPR operation in the debug info and record
5740 it in the cselib table. Say for reg1 = reg2 + 6 even when reg2 is
5741 no longer live we can express its value as VAL - 6. */
5744 reverse_op (rtx val
, const_rtx expr
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
5748 struct elt_loc_list
*l
;
5752 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
5755 if (!REG_P (SET_DEST (expr
)) || GET_MODE (val
) != GET_MODE (SET_DEST (expr
)))
5758 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
5759 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
5766 if (!REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0)))
5771 if (!REG_P (XEXP (src
, 0)) && !MEM_P (XEXP (src
, 0)))
5778 if (!SCALAR_INT_MODE_P (GET_MODE (src
)) || XEXP (src
, 0) == cfa_base_rtx
)
5781 v
= cselib_lookup (XEXP (src
, 0), GET_MODE (XEXP (src
, 0)), 0, VOIDmode
);
5782 if (!v
|| !cselib_preserved_value_p (v
))
5785 /* Use canonical V to avoid creating multiple redundant expressions
5786 for different VALUES equivalent to V. */
5787 v
= canonical_cselib_val (v
);
5789 /* Adding a reverse op isn't useful if V already has an always valid
5790 location. Ignore ENTRY_VALUE, while it is always constant, we should
5791 prefer non-ENTRY_VALUE locations whenever possible. */
5792 for (l
= v
->locs
, count
= 0; l
; l
= l
->next
, count
++)
5793 if (CONSTANT_P (l
->loc
)
5794 && (GET_CODE (l
->loc
) != CONST
|| !references_value_p (l
->loc
, 0)))
5796 /* Avoid creating too large locs lists. */
5797 else if (count
== PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_MAX_VARTRACK_REVERSE_OP_SIZE
))
5800 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
5804 if (GET_MODE (v
->val_rtx
) != GET_MODE (val
))
5806 ret
= gen_rtx_fmt_e (GET_CODE (src
), GET_MODE (val
), val
);
5810 ret
= gen_lowpart_SUBREG (GET_MODE (v
->val_rtx
), val
);
5822 if (GET_MODE (v
->val_rtx
) != GET_MODE (val
))
5824 arg
= XEXP (src
, 1);
5825 if (!CONST_INT_P (arg
) && GET_CODE (arg
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
5827 arg
= cselib_expand_value_rtx (arg
, scratch_regs
, 5);
5828 if (arg
== NULL_RTX
)
5830 if (!CONST_INT_P (arg
) && GET_CODE (arg
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
5833 ret
= simplify_gen_binary (code
, GET_MODE (val
), val
, arg
);
5835 /* Ensure ret isn't VALUE itself (which can happen e.g. for
5836 (plus (reg1) (reg2)) when reg2 is known to be 0), as that
5837 breaks a lot of routines during var-tracking. */
5838 ret
= gen_rtx_fmt_ee (PLUS
, GET_MODE (val
), val
, const0_rtx
);
5844 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (v
, ret
, insn
);
5847 /* Add stores (register and memory references) LOC which will be tracked
5848 to VTI (bb)->mos. EXPR is the RTL expression containing the store.
5849 CUIP->insn is instruction which the LOC is part of. */
5852 add_stores (rtx loc
, const_rtx expr
, void *cuip
)
5854 machine_mode mode
= VOIDmode
, mode2
;
5855 struct count_use_info
*cui
= (struct count_use_info
*)cuip
;
5856 basic_block bb
= cui
->bb
;
5858 rtx oloc
= loc
, nloc
, src
= NULL
;
5859 enum micro_operation_type type
= use_type (loc
, cui
, &mode
);
5860 bool track_p
= false;
5862 bool resolve
, preserve
;
5864 if (type
== MO_CLOBBER
)
5871 gcc_assert (loc
!= cfa_base_rtx
);
5872 if ((GET_CODE (expr
) == CLOBBER
&& type
!= MO_VAL_SET
)
5873 || !(track_p
= use_type (loc
, NULL
, &mode2
) == MO_USE
)
5874 || GET_CODE (expr
) == CLOBBER
)
5876 mo
.type
= MO_CLOBBER
;
5878 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
5879 && SET_DEST (expr
) == loc
5880 && !unsuitable_loc (SET_SRC (expr
))
5881 && find_use_val (loc
, mode
, cui
))
5883 gcc_checking_assert (type
== MO_VAL_SET
);
5884 mo
.u
.loc
= gen_rtx_SET (loc
, SET_SRC (expr
));
5889 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
5890 && SET_DEST (expr
) == loc
5891 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr
)) != ASM_OPERANDS
)
5892 src
= var_lowpart (mode2
, SET_SRC (expr
));
5893 loc
= var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
);
5902 rtx xexpr
= gen_rtx_SET (loc
, src
);
5903 if (same_variable_part_p (src
, REG_EXPR (loc
), REG_OFFSET (loc
)))
5905 /* If this is an instruction copying (part of) a parameter
5906 passed by invisible reference to its register location,
5907 pretend it's a SET so that the initial memory location
5908 is discarded, as the parameter register can be reused
5909 for other purposes and we do not track locations based
5910 on generic registers. */
5913 && TREE_CODE (REG_EXPR (loc
)) == PARM_DECL
5914 && DECL_MODE (REG_EXPR (loc
)) != BLKmode
5915 && MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)))
5916 && XEXP (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)), 0)
5927 mo
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
5929 else if (MEM_P (loc
)
5930 && ((track_p
= use_type (loc
, NULL
, &mode2
) == MO_USE
)
5933 if (MEM_P (loc
) && type
== MO_VAL_SET
5934 && !REG_P (XEXP (loc
, 0))
5935 && !MEM_P (XEXP (loc
, 0)))
5938 machine_mode address_mode
= get_address_mode (mloc
);
5939 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (XEXP (mloc
, 0),
5943 if (val
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
5944 preserve_value (val
);
5947 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == CLOBBER
|| !track_p
)
5949 mo
.type
= MO_CLOBBER
;
5950 mo
.u
.loc
= track_p
? var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
) : loc
;
5954 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == SET
5955 && SET_DEST (expr
) == loc
5956 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (expr
)) != ASM_OPERANDS
)
5957 src
= var_lowpart (mode2
, SET_SRC (expr
));
5958 loc
= var_lowpart (mode2
, loc
);
5967 rtx xexpr
= gen_rtx_SET (loc
, src
);
5968 if (same_variable_part_p (SET_SRC (xexpr
),
5970 INT_MEM_OFFSET (loc
)))
5977 mo
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
5982 if (type
!= MO_VAL_SET
)
5983 goto log_and_return
;
5985 v
= find_use_val (oloc
, mode
, cui
);
5988 goto log_and_return
;
5990 resolve
= preserve
= !cselib_preserved_value_p (v
);
5992 /* We cannot track values for multiple-part variables, so we track only
5993 locations for tracked parameters passed either by invisible reference
5994 or directly in multiple locations. */
5998 && TREE_CODE (REG_EXPR (loc
)) == PARM_DECL
5999 && DECL_MODE (REG_EXPR (loc
)) != BLKmode
6000 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (REG_EXPR (loc
))) != UNION_TYPE
6001 && ((MEM_P (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)))
6002 && XEXP (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)), 0) != arg_pointer_rtx
)
6003 || (GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
))) == PARALLEL
6004 && XVECLEN (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (REG_EXPR (loc
)), 0) > 1)))
6006 /* Although we don't use the value here, it could be used later by the
6007 mere virtue of its existence as the operand of the reverse operation
6008 that gave rise to it (typically extension/truncation). Make sure it
6009 is preserved as required by vt_expand_var_loc_chain. */
6012 goto log_and_return
;
6015 if (loc
== stack_pointer_rtx
6016 && hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
!= -1
6018 cselib_set_value_sp_based (v
);
6020 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (oloc
);
6024 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (cui
->insn
)) == COND_EXEC
)
6026 cselib_val
*oval
= cselib_lookup (oloc
, GET_MODE (oloc
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6030 gcc_assert (REG_P (oloc
) || MEM_P (oloc
));
6032 if (oval
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (oval
))
6034 micro_operation moa
;
6036 preserve_value (oval
);
6038 moa
.type
= MO_VAL_USE
;
6039 moa
.u
.loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, oval
->val_rtx
, oloc
);
6040 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (moa
.u
.loc
) = 1;
6041 moa
.insn
= cui
->insn
;
6043 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6044 log_op_type (moa
.u
.loc
, cui
->bb
, cui
->insn
,
6045 moa
.type
, dump_file
);
6046 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (moa
);
6051 else if (resolve
&& GET_CODE (mo
.u
.loc
) == SET
)
6053 if (REG_P (SET_SRC (expr
)) || MEM_P (SET_SRC (expr
)))
6054 nloc
= replace_expr_with_values (SET_SRC (expr
));
6058 /* Avoid the mode mismatch between oexpr and expr. */
6059 if (!nloc
&& mode
!= mode2
)
6061 nloc
= SET_SRC (expr
);
6062 gcc_assert (oloc
== SET_DEST (expr
));
6065 if (nloc
&& nloc
!= SET_SRC (mo
.u
.loc
))
6066 oloc
= gen_rtx_SET (oloc
, nloc
);
6069 if (oloc
== SET_DEST (mo
.u
.loc
))
6070 /* No point in duplicating. */
6072 if (!REG_P (SET_SRC (mo
.u
.loc
)))
6078 if (GET_CODE (mo
.u
.loc
) == SET
6079 && oloc
== SET_DEST (mo
.u
.loc
))
6080 /* No point in duplicating. */
6086 loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, v
->val_rtx
, oloc
);
6088 if (mo
.u
.loc
!= oloc
)
6089 loc
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (mo
.u
.loc
), loc
, mo
.u
.loc
);
6091 /* The loc of a MO_VAL_SET may have various forms:
6093 (concat val dst): dst now holds val
6095 (concat val (set dst src)): dst now holds val, copied from src
6097 (concat (concat val dstv) dst): dst now holds val; dstv is dst
6098 after replacing mems and non-top-level regs with values.
6100 (concat (concat val dstv) (set dst src)): dst now holds val,
6101 copied from src. dstv is a value-based representation of dst, if
6102 it differs from dst. If resolution is needed, src is a REG, and
6103 its mode is the same as that of val.
6105 (concat (concat val (set dstv srcv)) (set dst src)): src
6106 copied to dst, holding val. dstv and srcv are value-based
6107 representations of dst and src, respectively.
6111 if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (cui
->insn
)) != COND_EXEC
)
6112 reverse_op (v
->val_rtx
, expr
, cui
->insn
);
6117 VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
) = 1;
6120 VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
) = resolve
;
6123 if (mo
.type
== MO_CLOBBER
)
6124 VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc
) = 1;
6125 if (mo
.type
== MO_COPY
)
6126 VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc
) = 1;
6128 mo
.type
= MO_VAL_SET
;
6131 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6132 log_op_type (mo
.u
.loc
, cui
->bb
, cui
->insn
, mo
.type
, dump_file
);
6133 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
6136 /* Arguments to the call. */
6137 static rtx call_arguments
;
6139 /* Compute call_arguments. */
6142 prepare_call_arguments (basic_block bb
, rtx_insn
*insn
)
6145 rtx prev
, cur
, next
;
6146 rtx this_arg
= NULL_RTX
;
6147 tree type
= NULL_TREE
, t
, fndecl
= NULL_TREE
;
6148 tree obj_type_ref
= NULL_TREE
;
6149 CUMULATIVE_ARGS args_so_far_v
;
6150 cumulative_args_t args_so_far
;
6152 memset (&args_so_far_v
, 0, sizeof (args_so_far_v
));
6153 args_so_far
= pack_cumulative_args (&args_so_far_v
);
6154 call
= get_call_rtx_from (insn
);
6157 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (call
, 0), 0)) == SYMBOL_REF
)
6159 rtx symbol
= XEXP (XEXP (call
, 0), 0);
6160 if (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol
))
6161 fndecl
= SYMBOL_REF_DECL (symbol
);
6163 if (fndecl
== NULL_TREE
)
6164 fndecl
= MEM_EXPR (XEXP (call
, 0));
6166 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)) != FUNCTION_TYPE
6167 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)) != METHOD_TYPE
)
6169 if (fndecl
&& TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (fndecl
)))
6170 type
= TREE_TYPE (fndecl
);
6171 if (fndecl
&& TREE_CODE (fndecl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
6173 if (TREE_CODE (fndecl
) == INDIRECT_REF
6174 && TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (fndecl
, 0)) == OBJ_TYPE_REF
)
6175 obj_type_ref
= TREE_OPERAND (fndecl
, 0);
6180 for (t
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
); t
&& t
!= void_list_node
;
6182 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_VALUE (t
)) == REFERENCE_TYPE
6183 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (t
))))
6185 if ((t
== NULL
|| t
== void_list_node
) && obj_type_ref
== NULL_TREE
)
6189 int nargs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
= list_length (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
));
6190 link
= CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
);
6191 #ifndef PCC_STATIC_STRUCT_RETURN
6192 if (aggregate_value_p (TREE_TYPE (type
), type
)
6193 && targetm
.calls
.struct_value_rtx (type
, 0) == 0)
6195 tree struct_addr
= build_pointer_type (TREE_TYPE (type
));
6196 machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (struct_addr
);
6198 INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v
, type
, NULL_RTX
, fndecl
,
6200 reg
= targetm
.calls
.function_arg (args_so_far
, mode
,
6202 targetm
.calls
.function_arg_advance (args_so_far
, mode
,
6204 if (reg
== NULL_RTX
)
6206 for (; link
; link
= XEXP (link
, 1))
6207 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link
, 0)) == USE
6208 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0)))
6210 link
= XEXP (link
, 1);
6217 INIT_CUMULATIVE_ARGS (args_so_far_v
, type
, NULL_RTX
, fndecl
,
6219 if (obj_type_ref
&& TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
) != void_list_node
)
6222 t
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
);
6223 mode
= TYPE_MODE (TREE_VALUE (t
));
6224 this_arg
= targetm
.calls
.function_arg (args_so_far
, mode
,
6225 TREE_VALUE (t
), true);
6226 if (this_arg
&& !REG_P (this_arg
))
6227 this_arg
= NULL_RTX
;
6228 else if (this_arg
== NULL_RTX
)
6230 for (; link
; link
= XEXP (link
, 1))
6231 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link
, 0)) == USE
6232 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0)))
6234 this_arg
= XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0);
6242 t
= type
? TYPE_ARG_TYPES (type
) : NULL_TREE
;
6244 for (link
= CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE (insn
); link
; link
= XEXP (link
, 1))
6245 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (link
, 0)) == USE
)
6247 rtx item
= NULL_RTX
;
6248 x
= XEXP (XEXP (link
, 0), 0);
6249 if (GET_MODE (link
) == VOIDmode
6250 || GET_MODE (link
) == BLKmode
6251 || (GET_MODE (link
) != GET_MODE (x
)
6252 && ((GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (link
)) != MODE_INT
6253 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (link
)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6254 || (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) != MODE_INT
6255 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
))))
6256 /* Can't do anything for these, if the original type mode
6257 isn't known or can't be converted. */;
6260 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6261 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6262 item
= val
->val_rtx
;
6263 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_INT
6264 || GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (x
)) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6266 machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (x
);
6268 while ((mode
= GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode
)) != VOIDmode
6269 && GET_MODE_BITSIZE (mode
) <= BITS_PER_WORD
)
6271 rtx reg
= simplify_subreg (mode
, x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0);
6273 if (reg
== NULL_RTX
|| !REG_P (reg
))
6275 val
= cselib_lookup (reg
, mode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
6276 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6278 item
= val
->val_rtx
;
6289 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
6291 struct adjust_mem_data amd
;
6292 amd
.mem_mode
= VOIDmode
;
6293 amd
.stack_adjust
= -VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
6294 amd
.side_effects
= NULL
;
6296 mem
= simplify_replace_fn_rtx (mem
, NULL_RTX
, adjust_mems
,
6298 gcc_assert (amd
.side_effects
== NULL_RTX
);
6300 val
= cselib_lookup (mem
, GET_MODE (mem
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6301 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6302 item
= val
->val_rtx
;
6303 else if (GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem
)) != MODE_INT
6304 && GET_MODE_CLASS (GET_MODE (mem
)) != MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6306 /* For non-integer stack argument see also if they weren't
6307 initialized by integers. */
6308 machine_mode imode
= int_mode_for_mode (GET_MODE (mem
));
6309 if (imode
!= GET_MODE (mem
) && imode
!= BLKmode
)
6311 val
= cselib_lookup (adjust_address_nv (mem
, imode
, 0),
6312 imode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
6313 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6314 item
= lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (x
), val
->val_rtx
,
6322 if (GET_MODE (item
) != GET_MODE (link
))
6323 item
= lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (link
), item
, GET_MODE (item
));
6324 if (GET_MODE (x2
) != GET_MODE (link
))
6325 x2
= lowpart_subreg (GET_MODE (link
), x2
, GET_MODE (x2
));
6326 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (link
), x2
, item
);
6328 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
, call_arguments
);
6330 if (t
&& t
!= void_list_node
)
6332 tree argtype
= TREE_VALUE (t
);
6333 machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (argtype
);
6335 if (pass_by_reference (&args_so_far_v
, mode
, argtype
, true))
6337 argtype
= build_pointer_type (argtype
);
6338 mode
= TYPE_MODE (argtype
);
6340 reg
= targetm
.calls
.function_arg (args_so_far
, mode
,
6342 if (TREE_CODE (argtype
) == REFERENCE_TYPE
6343 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (argtype
))
6346 && GET_MODE (reg
) == mode
6347 && (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
6348 || GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_PARTIAL_INT
)
6350 && REGNO (x
) == REGNO (reg
)
6351 && GET_MODE (x
) == mode
6354 machine_mode indmode
6355 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (argtype
));
6356 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (indmode
, x
);
6357 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (mem
, indmode
, 0, VOIDmode
);
6358 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6360 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (indmode
, mem
, val
->val_rtx
);
6361 call_arguments
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
,
6366 struct elt_loc_list
*l
;
6369 /* Try harder, when passing address of a constant
6370 pool integer it can be easily read back. */
6371 item
= XEXP (item
, 1);
6372 if (GET_CODE (item
) == SUBREG
)
6373 item
= SUBREG_REG (item
);
6374 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (item
) == VALUE
);
6375 val
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (item
);
6376 for (l
= val
->locs
; l
; l
= l
->next
)
6377 if (GET_CODE (l
->loc
) == SYMBOL_REF
6378 && TREE_CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (l
->loc
)
6379 && SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->loc
)
6380 && DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->loc
)))
6382 initial
= DECL_INITIAL (SYMBOL_REF_DECL (l
->loc
));
6383 if (tree_fits_shwi_p (initial
))
6385 item
= GEN_INT (tree_to_shwi (initial
));
6386 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (indmode
, mem
, item
);
6388 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
,
6395 targetm
.calls
.function_arg_advance (args_so_far
, mode
,
6401 /* Add debug arguments. */
6403 && TREE_CODE (fndecl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
6404 && DECL_HAS_DEBUG_ARGS_P (fndecl
))
6406 vec
<tree
, va_gc
> **debug_args
= decl_debug_args_lookup (fndecl
);
6411 for (ix
= 0; vec_safe_iterate (*debug_args
, ix
, ¶m
); ix
+= 2)
6414 tree dtemp
= (**debug_args
)[ix
+ 1];
6415 machine_mode mode
= DECL_MODE (dtemp
);
6416 item
= gen_rtx_DEBUG_PARAMETER_REF (mode
, param
);
6417 item
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, item
, DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dtemp
));
6418 call_arguments
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, item
,
6424 /* Reverse call_arguments chain. */
6426 for (cur
= call_arguments
; cur
; cur
= next
)
6428 next
= XEXP (cur
, 1);
6429 XEXP (cur
, 1) = prev
;
6432 call_arguments
= prev
;
6434 x
= get_call_rtx_from (insn
);
6437 x
= XEXP (XEXP (x
, 0), 0);
6438 if (GET_CODE (x
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
6439 /* Don't record anything. */;
6440 else if (CONSTANT_P (x
))
6442 x
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (x
) == VOIDmode
? Pmode
: GET_MODE (x
),
6445 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, call_arguments
);
6449 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup (x
, GET_MODE (x
), 0, VOIDmode
);
6450 if (val
&& cselib_preserved_value_p (val
))
6452 x
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (GET_MODE (x
), pc_rtx
, val
->val_rtx
);
6454 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, call_arguments
);
6461 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (OBJ_TYPE_REF_EXPR (obj_type_ref
)));
6462 rtx clobbered
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, this_arg
);
6464 = tree_to_shwi (OBJ_TYPE_REF_TOKEN (obj_type_ref
));
6466 clobbered
= plus_constant (mode
, clobbered
,
6467 token
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
));
6468 clobbered
= gen_rtx_MEM (mode
, clobbered
);
6469 x
= gen_rtx_CONCAT (mode
, gen_rtx_CLOBBER (VOIDmode
, pc_rtx
), clobbered
);
6471 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, x
, call_arguments
);
6475 /* Callback for cselib_record_sets_hook, that records as micro
6476 operations uses and stores in an insn after cselib_record_sets has
6477 analyzed the sets in an insn, but before it modifies the stored
6478 values in the internal tables, unless cselib_record_sets doesn't
6479 call it directly (perhaps because we're not doing cselib in the
6480 first place, in which case sets and n_sets will be 0). */
6483 add_with_sets (rtx_insn
*insn
, struct cselib_set
*sets
, int n_sets
)
6485 basic_block bb
= BLOCK_FOR_INSN (insn
);
6487 struct count_use_info cui
;
6488 micro_operation
*mos
;
6490 cselib_hook_called
= true;
6495 cui
.n_sets
= n_sets
;
6497 n1
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length ();
6498 cui
.store_p
= false;
6499 note_uses (&PATTERN (insn
), add_uses_1
, &cui
);
6500 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6501 mos
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.address ();
6503 /* Order the MO_USEs to be before MO_USE_NO_VARs and MO_VAL_USE, and
6507 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
== MO_USE
)
6509 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
!= MO_USE
)
6521 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6524 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
!= MO_VAL_LOC
)
6526 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
== MO_VAL_LOC
)
6544 mo
.u
.loc
= call_arguments
;
6545 call_arguments
= NULL_RTX
;
6547 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
6548 log_op_type (PATTERN (insn
), bb
, insn
, mo
.type
, dump_file
);
6549 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
6552 n1
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length ();
6553 /* This will record NEXT_INSN (insn), such that we can
6554 insert notes before it without worrying about any
6555 notes that MO_USEs might emit after the insn. */
6557 note_stores (PATTERN (insn
), add_stores
, &cui
);
6558 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6559 mos
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.address ();
6561 /* Order the MO_VAL_USEs first (note_stores does nothing
6562 on DEBUG_INSNs, so there are no MO_VAL_LOCs from this
6563 insn), then MO_CLOBBERs, then MO_SET/MO_COPY/MO_VAL_SET. */
6566 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
== MO_VAL_USE
)
6568 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
!= MO_VAL_USE
)
6580 n2
= VTI (bb
)->mos
.length () - 1;
6583 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n1
].type
== MO_CLOBBER
)
6585 while (n1
< n2
&& mos
[n2
].type
!= MO_CLOBBER
)
6598 static enum var_init_status
6599 find_src_status (dataflow_set
*in
, rtx src
)
6601 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
6602 enum var_init_status status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
;
6604 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
6605 status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
6607 if (src
&& REG_P (src
))
6608 decl
= var_debug_decl (REG_EXPR (src
));
6609 else if (src
&& MEM_P (src
))
6610 decl
= var_debug_decl (MEM_EXPR (src
));
6613 status
= get_init_value (in
, src
, dv_from_decl (decl
));
6618 /* SRC is the source of an assignment. Use SET to try to find what
6619 was ultimately assigned to SRC. Return that value if known,
6620 otherwise return SRC itself. */
6623 find_src_set_src (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx src
)
6625 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
; /* The variable being copied around. */
6626 rtx set_src
= NULL_RTX
; /* The value for "decl" stored in "src". */
6628 location_chain nextp
;
6632 if (src
&& REG_P (src
))
6633 decl
= var_debug_decl (REG_EXPR (src
));
6634 else if (src
&& MEM_P (src
))
6635 decl
= var_debug_decl (MEM_EXPR (src
));
6639 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_decl (decl
);
6641 var
= shared_hash_find (set
->vars
, dv
);
6645 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
&& !found
; i
++)
6646 for (nextp
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; nextp
&& !found
;
6647 nextp
= nextp
->next
)
6648 if (rtx_equal_p (nextp
->loc
, src
))
6650 set_src
= nextp
->set_src
;
6660 /* Compute the changes of variable locations in the basic block BB. */
6663 compute_bb_dataflow (basic_block bb
)
6666 micro_operation
*mo
;
6668 dataflow_set old_out
;
6669 dataflow_set
*in
= &VTI (bb
)->in
;
6670 dataflow_set
*out
= &VTI (bb
)->out
;
6672 dataflow_set_init (&old_out
);
6673 dataflow_set_copy (&old_out
, out
);
6674 dataflow_set_copy (out
, in
);
6676 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
6677 local_get_addr_cache
= new hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
>;
6679 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (VTI (bb
)->mos
, i
, mo
)
6681 rtx_insn
*insn
= mo
->insn
;
6686 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (out
);
6691 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6694 var_reg_set (out
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
6695 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6696 var_mem_set (out
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
6702 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6706 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == CONCAT
)
6708 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
6709 vloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
6717 var
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (vloc
);
6719 clobber_variable_part (out
, NULL_RTX
,
6720 dv_from_decl (var
), 0, NULL_RTX
);
6723 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6724 val_resolve (out
, val
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
), insn
);
6725 set_variable_part (out
, val
, dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
6726 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
6729 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
)))
6730 set_variable_part (out
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
),
6731 dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
6732 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
6739 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6740 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
6742 vloc
= uloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
6743 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
6745 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
6747 uloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
6748 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
6751 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6752 val_resolve (out
, val
, vloc
, insn
);
6754 val_store (out
, val
, uloc
, insn
, false);
6756 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
6758 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == REG
)
6759 var_reg_set (out
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
6761 else if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == MEM
)
6762 var_mem_set (out
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
6770 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6771 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
6775 uloc
= XEXP (vloc
, 1);
6776 val
= XEXP (vloc
, 0);
6779 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
6781 dstv
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
6782 srcv
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
6790 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
6792 dstv
= vloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
6793 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
6796 if (GET_CODE (vloc
) == SET
)
6798 srcv
= SET_SRC (vloc
);
6800 gcc_assert (val
!= srcv
);
6801 gcc_assert (vloc
== uloc
|| VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
));
6803 dstv
= vloc
= SET_DEST (vloc
);
6805 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6806 val_resolve (out
, val
, srcv
, insn
);
6808 else if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
6810 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
6811 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (uloc
)) == REG
);
6812 val_resolve (out
, val
, SET_SRC (uloc
), insn
);
6815 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
6817 if (VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc
))
6820 var_reg_delete (out
, uloc
, true);
6821 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
6823 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
6824 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (uloc
));
6825 var_mem_delete (out
, dstv
, true);
6830 bool copied_p
= VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc
);
6831 rtx src
= NULL
, dst
= uloc
;
6832 enum var_init_status status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
6834 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
6836 src
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
6837 dst
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
6842 if (flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
6844 status
= find_src_status (in
, src
);
6846 if (status
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
6847 status
= find_src_status (out
, src
);
6850 src
= find_src_set_src (in
, src
);
6854 var_reg_delete_and_set (out
, dst
, !copied_p
,
6856 else if (MEM_P (dst
))
6858 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
6859 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (dst
));
6860 var_mem_delete_and_set (out
, dstv
, !copied_p
,
6865 else if (REG_P (uloc
))
6866 var_regno_delete (out
, REGNO (uloc
));
6867 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
6869 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (vloc
) == MEM
);
6870 gcc_checking_assert (dstv
== vloc
);
6872 clobber_overlapping_mems (out
, vloc
);
6875 val_store (out
, val
, dstv
, insn
, true);
6881 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6884 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
6886 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
6887 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
6891 var_reg_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
6893 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6894 var_mem_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
6901 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6902 enum var_init_status src_status
;
6905 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
6907 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
6908 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
6911 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
6912 src_status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
6915 src_status
= find_src_status (in
, set_src
);
6917 if (src_status
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
)
6918 src_status
= find_src_status (out
, set_src
);
6921 set_src
= find_src_set_src (in
, set_src
);
6924 var_reg_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
6925 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6926 var_mem_delete_and_set (out
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
6932 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6935 var_reg_delete (out
, loc
, false);
6936 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6937 var_mem_delete (out
, loc
, false);
6943 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
6946 var_reg_delete (out
, loc
, true);
6947 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
6948 var_mem_delete (out
, loc
, true);
6953 out
->stack_adjust
+= mo
->u
.adjust
;
6958 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
6960 delete local_get_addr_cache
;
6961 local_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
6963 dataflow_set_equiv_regs (out
);
6964 shared_hash_htab (out
->vars
)
6965 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_values_mark
> (out
);
6966 shared_hash_htab (out
->vars
)
6967 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_values_star
> (out
);
6969 shared_hash_htab (out
->vars
)
6970 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*, canonicalize_loc_order_check
> (out
);
6973 changed
= dataflow_set_different (&old_out
, out
);
6974 dataflow_set_destroy (&old_out
);
6978 /* Find the locations of variables in the whole function. */
6981 vt_find_locations (void)
6983 bb_heap_t
*worklist
= new bb_heap_t (LONG_MIN
);
6984 bb_heap_t
*pending
= new bb_heap_t (LONG_MIN
);
6985 bb_heap_t
*fibheap_swap
= NULL
;
6986 sbitmap visited
, in_worklist
, in_pending
, sbitmap_swap
;
6993 int htabmax
= PARAM_VALUE (PARAM_MAX_VARTRACK_SIZE
);
6994 bool success
= true;
6996 timevar_push (TV_VAR_TRACKING_DATAFLOW
);
6997 /* Compute reverse completion order of depth first search of the CFG
6998 so that the data-flow runs faster. */
6999 rc_order
= XNEWVEC (int, n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) - NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS
);
7000 bb_order
= XNEWVEC (int, last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7001 pre_and_rev_post_order_compute (NULL
, rc_order
, false);
7002 for (i
= 0; i
< n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) - NUM_FIXED_BLOCKS
; i
++)
7003 bb_order
[rc_order
[i
]] = i
;
7006 visited
= sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7007 in_worklist
= sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7008 in_pending
= sbitmap_alloc (last_basic_block_for_fn (cfun
));
7009 bitmap_clear (in_worklist
);
7011 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
7012 pending
->insert (bb_order
[bb
->index
], bb
);
7013 bitmap_ones (in_pending
);
7015 while (success
&& !pending
->empty ())
7017 fibheap_swap
= pending
;
7019 worklist
= fibheap_swap
;
7020 sbitmap_swap
= in_pending
;
7021 in_pending
= in_worklist
;
7022 in_worklist
= sbitmap_swap
;
7024 bitmap_clear (visited
);
7026 while (!worklist
->empty ())
7028 bb
= worklist
->extract_min ();
7029 bitmap_clear_bit (in_worklist
, bb
->index
);
7030 gcc_assert (!bitmap_bit_p (visited
, bb
->index
));
7031 if (!bitmap_bit_p (visited
, bb
->index
))
7035 int oldinsz
, oldoutsz
;
7037 bitmap_set_bit (visited
, bb
->index
);
7039 if (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)
7042 -= shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->size ()
7043 + shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->size ();
7044 oldinsz
= shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->elements ();
7046 = shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->elements ();
7049 oldinsz
= oldoutsz
= 0;
7051 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
7053 dataflow_set
*in
= &VTI (bb
)->in
, *first_out
= NULL
;
7054 bool first
= true, adjust
= false;
7056 /* Calculate the IN set as the intersection of
7057 predecessor OUT sets. */
7059 dataflow_set_clear (in
);
7060 dst_can_be_shared
= true;
7062 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e
, ei
, bb
->preds
)
7063 if (!VTI (e
->src
)->flooded
)
7064 gcc_assert (bb_order
[bb
->index
]
7065 <= bb_order
[e
->src
->index
]);
7068 dataflow_set_copy (in
, &VTI (e
->src
)->out
);
7069 first_out
= &VTI (e
->src
)->out
;
7074 dataflow_set_merge (in
, &VTI (e
->src
)->out
);
7080 dataflow_post_merge_adjust (in
, &VTI (bb
)->permp
);
7082 /* Merge and merge_adjust should keep entries in
7084 shared_hash_htab (in
->vars
)
7085 ->traverse
<dataflow_set
*,
7086 canonicalize_loc_order_check
> (in
);
7088 if (dst_can_be_shared
)
7090 shared_hash_destroy (in
->vars
);
7091 in
->vars
= shared_hash_copy (first_out
->vars
);
7095 VTI (bb
)->flooded
= true;
7099 /* Calculate the IN set as union of predecessor OUT sets. */
7100 dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
7101 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e
, ei
, bb
->preds
)
7102 dataflow_set_union (&VTI (bb
)->in
, &VTI (e
->src
)->out
);
7105 changed
= compute_bb_dataflow (bb
);
7106 htabsz
+= shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->size ()
7107 + shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->size ();
7109 if (htabmax
&& htabsz
> htabmax
)
7111 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
7112 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (cfun
->decl
),
7113 "variable tracking size limit exceeded with "
7114 "-fvar-tracking-assignments, retrying without");
7116 inform (DECL_SOURCE_LOCATION (cfun
->decl
),
7117 "variable tracking size limit exceeded");
7124 FOR_EACH_EDGE (e
, ei
, bb
->succs
)
7126 if (e
->dest
== EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))
7129 if (bitmap_bit_p (visited
, e
->dest
->index
))
7131 if (!bitmap_bit_p (in_pending
, e
->dest
->index
))
7133 /* Send E->DEST to next round. */
7134 bitmap_set_bit (in_pending
, e
->dest
->index
);
7135 pending
->insert (bb_order
[e
->dest
->index
],
7139 else if (!bitmap_bit_p (in_worklist
, e
->dest
->index
))
7141 /* Add E->DEST to current round. */
7142 bitmap_set_bit (in_worklist
, e
->dest
->index
);
7143 worklist
->insert (bb_order
[e
->dest
->index
],
7151 "BB %i: in %i (was %i), out %i (was %i), rem %i + %i, tsz %i\n",
7153 (int)shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->in
.vars
)->size (),
7155 (int)shared_hash_htab (VTI (bb
)->out
.vars
)->size (),
7157 (int)worklist
->nodes (), (int)pending
->nodes (),
7160 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
7162 fprintf (dump_file
, "BB %i IN:\n", bb
->index
);
7163 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
7164 fprintf (dump_file
, "BB %i OUT:\n", bb
->index
);
7165 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
7171 if (success
&& MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
7172 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
7173 gcc_assert (VTI (bb
)->flooded
);
7178 sbitmap_free (visited
);
7179 sbitmap_free (in_worklist
);
7180 sbitmap_free (in_pending
);
7182 timevar_pop (TV_VAR_TRACKING_DATAFLOW
);
7186 /* Print the content of the LIST to dump file. */
7189 dump_attrs_list (attrs list
)
7191 for (; list
; list
= list
->next
)
7193 if (dv_is_decl_p (list
->dv
))
7194 print_mem_expr (dump_file
, dv_as_decl (list
->dv
));
7196 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, dv_as_value (list
->dv
));
7197 fprintf (dump_file
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, list
->offset
);
7199 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7202 /* Print the information about variable *SLOT to dump file. */
7205 dump_var_tracking_slot (variable_def
**slot
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7207 variable var
= *slot
;
7211 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
7215 /* Print the information about variable VAR to dump file. */
7218 dump_var (variable var
)
7221 location_chain node
;
7223 if (dv_is_decl_p (var
->dv
))
7225 const_tree decl
= dv_as_decl (var
->dv
);
7227 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
7229 fprintf (dump_file
, " name: %s",
7230 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
)));
7231 if (dump_flags
& TDF_UID
)
7232 fprintf (dump_file
, "D.%u", DECL_UID (decl
));
7234 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == DEBUG_EXPR_DECL
)
7235 fprintf (dump_file
, " name: D#%u", DEBUG_TEMP_UID (decl
));
7237 fprintf (dump_file
, " name: D.%u", DECL_UID (decl
));
7238 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7242 fputc (' ', dump_file
);
7243 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, dv_as_value (var
->dv
));
7246 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
7248 fprintf (dump_file
, " offset %ld\n",
7249 (long)(var
->onepart
? 0 : VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
)));
7250 for (node
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
7252 fprintf (dump_file
, " ");
7253 if (node
->init
== VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
)
7254 fprintf (dump_file
, "[uninit]");
7255 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, node
->loc
);
7260 /* Print the information about variables from hash table VARS to dump file. */
7263 dump_vars (variable_table_type
*vars
)
7265 if (vars
->elements () > 0)
7267 fprintf (dump_file
, "Variables:\n");
7268 vars
->traverse
<void *, dump_var_tracking_slot
> (NULL
);
7272 /* Print the dataflow set SET to dump file. */
7275 dump_dataflow_set (dataflow_set
*set
)
7279 fprintf (dump_file
, "Stack adjustment: " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
"\n",
7281 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
7285 fprintf (dump_file
, "Reg %d:", i
);
7286 dump_attrs_list (set
->regs
[i
]);
7289 dump_vars (shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
));
7290 fprintf (dump_file
, "\n");
7293 /* Print the IN and OUT sets for each basic block to dump file. */
7296 dump_dataflow_sets (void)
7300 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
7302 fprintf (dump_file
, "\nBasic block %d:\n", bb
->index
);
7303 fprintf (dump_file
, "IN:\n");
7304 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
7305 fprintf (dump_file
, "OUT:\n");
7306 dump_dataflow_set (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
7310 /* Return the variable for DV in dropped_values, inserting one if
7311 requested with INSERT. */
7313 static inline variable
7314 variable_from_dropped (decl_or_value dv
, enum insert_option insert
)
7316 variable_def
**slot
;
7318 onepart_enum_t onepart
;
7320 slot
= dropped_values
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
), insert
);
7328 gcc_checking_assert (insert
== INSERT
);
7330 onepart
= dv_onepart_p (dv
);
7332 gcc_checking_assert (onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
|| onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
);
7334 empty_var
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool (onepart
));
7336 empty_var
->refcount
= 1;
7337 empty_var
->n_var_parts
= 0;
7338 empty_var
->onepart
= onepart
;
7339 empty_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
7340 empty_var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7341 empty_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7342 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = NULL
;
7343 set_dv_changed (dv
, true);
7350 /* Recover the one-part aux from dropped_values. */
7352 static struct onepart_aux
*
7353 recover_dropped_1paux (variable var
)
7357 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
);
7359 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7360 return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
7362 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VDECL
)
7365 dvar
= variable_from_dropped (var
->dv
, NO_INSERT
);
7370 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar
);
7371 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (dvar
) = NULL
;
7373 return VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
7376 /* Add variable VAR to the hash table of changed variables and
7377 if it has no locations delete it from SET's hash table. */
7380 variable_was_changed (variable var
, dataflow_set
*set
)
7382 hashval_t hash
= dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
);
7386 variable_def
**slot
;
7388 /* Remember this decl or VALUE has been added to changed_variables. */
7389 set_dv_changed (var
->dv
, true);
7391 slot
= changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
, hash
, INSERT
);
7395 variable old_var
= *slot
;
7396 gcc_assert (old_var
->in_changed_variables
);
7397 old_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
7398 if (var
!= old_var
&& var
->onepart
)
7400 /* Restore the auxiliary info from an empty variable
7401 previously created for changed_variables, so it is
7403 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
));
7404 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
);
7405 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = NULL
;
7407 variable_htab_free (*slot
);
7410 if (set
&& var
->n_var_parts
== 0)
7412 onepart_enum_t onepart
= var
->onepart
;
7413 variable empty_var
= NULL
;
7414 variable_def
**dslot
= NULL
;
7416 if (onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
|| onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
7418 dslot
= dropped_values
->find_slot_with_hash (var
->dv
,
7419 dv_htab_hash (var
->dv
),
7425 gcc_checking_assert (!empty_var
->in_changed_variables
);
7426 if (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7428 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
);
7429 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = NULL
;
7432 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
));
7438 empty_var
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool (onepart
));
7439 empty_var
->dv
= var
->dv
;
7440 empty_var
->refcount
= 1;
7441 empty_var
->n_var_parts
= 0;
7442 empty_var
->onepart
= onepart
;
7445 empty_var
->refcount
++;
7450 empty_var
->refcount
++;
7451 empty_var
->in_changed_variables
= true;
7455 empty_var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7456 empty_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7457 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
);
7458 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
7464 if (var
->onepart
&& !VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7465 recover_dropped_1paux (var
);
7467 var
->in_changed_variables
= true;
7474 if (var
->n_var_parts
== 0)
7476 variable_def
**slot
;
7479 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, var
->dv
);
7482 if (shared_hash_shared (set
->vars
))
7483 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, var
->dv
,
7485 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
)->clear_slot (slot
);
7491 /* Look for the index in VAR->var_part corresponding to OFFSET.
7492 Return -1 if not found. If INSERTION_POINT is non-NULL, the
7493 referenced int will be set to the index that the part has or should
7494 have, if it should be inserted. */
7497 find_variable_location_part (variable var
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
7498 int *insertion_point
)
7507 if (insertion_point
)
7508 *insertion_point
= 0;
7510 return var
->n_var_parts
- 1;
7513 /* Find the location part. */
7515 high
= var
->n_var_parts
;
7518 pos
= (low
+ high
) / 2;
7519 if (VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, pos
) < offset
)
7526 if (insertion_point
)
7527 *insertion_point
= pos
;
7529 if (pos
< var
->n_var_parts
&& VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, pos
) == offset
)
7535 static variable_def
**
7536 set_slot_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, variable_def
**slot
,
7537 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
7538 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
)
7541 location_chain node
, next
;
7542 location_chain
*nextp
;
7544 onepart_enum_t onepart
;
7549 onepart
= var
->onepart
;
7551 onepart
= dv_onepart_p (dv
);
7553 gcc_checking_assert (offset
== 0 || !onepart
);
7554 gcc_checking_assert (loc
!= dv_as_opaque (dv
));
7556 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
7557 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
7561 /* Create new variable information. */
7562 var
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool (onepart
));
7565 var
->n_var_parts
= 1;
7566 var
->onepart
= onepart
;
7567 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
7569 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = NULL
;
7571 VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, 0) = offset
;
7572 var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7573 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7576 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
;
7582 gcc_assert (dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (dv
));
7586 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == VALUE
)
7588 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7589 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7590 if (GET_CODE (node
->loc
) == VALUE
)
7592 if (node
->loc
== loc
)
7597 if (canon_value_cmp (node
->loc
, loc
))
7605 else if (REG_P (node
->loc
) || MEM_P (node
->loc
))
7613 else if (REG_P (loc
))
7615 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7616 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7617 if (REG_P (node
->loc
))
7619 if (REGNO (node
->loc
) < REGNO (loc
))
7623 if (REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7636 else if (MEM_P (loc
))
7638 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7639 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7640 if (REG_P (node
->loc
))
7642 else if (MEM_P (node
->loc
))
7644 if ((r
= loc_cmp (XEXP (node
->loc
, 0), XEXP (loc
, 0))) >= 0)
7656 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; (node
= *nextp
);
7657 nextp
= &node
->next
)
7658 if ((r
= loc_cmp (node
->loc
, loc
)) >= 0)
7666 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7668 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, initialized
);
7670 for (nextp
= &var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
; c
;
7671 nextp
= &(*nextp
)->next
)
7673 gcc_assert ((!node
&& !*nextp
) || node
->loc
== (*nextp
)->loc
);
7680 gcc_assert (dv_as_decl (var
->dv
) == dv_as_decl (dv
));
7682 pos
= find_variable_location_part (var
, offset
, &inspos
);
7686 node
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7689 && ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7690 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7691 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
)))
7693 /* LOC is in the beginning of the chain so we have nothing
7695 if (node
->init
< initialized
)
7696 node
->init
= initialized
;
7697 if (set_src
!= NULL
)
7698 node
->set_src
= set_src
;
7704 /* We have to make a copy of a shared variable. */
7705 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7707 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, initialized
);
7714 /* We have not found the location part, new one will be created. */
7716 /* We have to make a copy of the shared variable. */
7717 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7719 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
, initialized
);
7723 /* We track only variables whose size is <= MAX_VAR_PARTS bytes
7724 thus there are at most MAX_VAR_PARTS different offsets. */
7725 gcc_assert (var
->n_var_parts
< MAX_VAR_PARTS
7726 && (!var
->n_var_parts
|| !onepart
));
7728 /* We have to move the elements of array starting at index
7729 inspos to the next position. */
7730 for (pos
= var
->n_var_parts
; pos
> inspos
; pos
--)
7731 var
->var_part
[pos
] = var
->var_part
[pos
- 1];
7734 gcc_checking_assert (!onepart
);
7735 VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, pos
) = offset
;
7736 var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
= NULL
;
7737 var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7740 /* Delete the location from the list. */
7741 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7742 for (node
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
; node
; node
= next
)
7745 if ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7746 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7747 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
))
7749 /* Save these values, to assign to the new node, before
7750 deleting this one. */
7751 if (node
->init
> initialized
)
7752 initialized
= node
->init
;
7753 if (node
->set_src
!= NULL
&& set_src
== NULL
)
7754 set_src
= node
->set_src
;
7755 if (var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
== node
->loc
)
7756 var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7757 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, node
);
7762 nextp
= &node
->next
;
7765 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7768 /* Add the location to the beginning. */
7769 node
= (location_chain
) pool_alloc (loc_chain_pool
);
7771 node
->init
= initialized
;
7772 node
->set_src
= set_src
;
7773 node
->next
= *nextp
;
7776 /* If no location was emitted do so. */
7777 if (var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
== NULL
)
7778 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
7783 /* Set the part of variable's location in the dataflow set SET. The
7784 variable part is specified by variable's declaration in DV and
7785 offset OFFSET and the part's location by LOC. IOPT should be
7786 NO_INSERT if the variable is known to be in SET already and the
7787 variable hash table must not be resized, and INSERT otherwise. */
7790 set_variable_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
,
7791 decl_or_value dv
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
,
7792 enum var_init_status initialized
, rtx set_src
,
7793 enum insert_option iopt
)
7795 variable_def
**slot
;
7797 if (iopt
== NO_INSERT
)
7798 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
7801 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot (set
->vars
, dv
);
7803 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_unshare (&set
->vars
, dv
, iopt
);
7805 set_slot_part (set
, loc
, slot
, dv
, offset
, initialized
, set_src
);
7808 /* Remove all recorded register locations for the given variable part
7809 from dataflow set SET, except for those that are identical to loc.
7810 The variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value
7811 DV and offset OFFSET. */
7813 static variable_def
**
7814 clobber_slot_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, variable_def
**slot
,
7815 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
)
7817 variable var
= *slot
;
7818 int pos
= find_variable_location_part (var
, offset
, NULL
);
7822 location_chain node
, next
;
7824 /* Remove the register locations from the dataflow set. */
7825 next
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7826 for (node
= next
; node
; node
= next
)
7829 if (node
->loc
!= loc
7830 && (!flag_var_tracking_uninit
7833 || !rtx_equal_p (set_src
, node
->set_src
)))
7835 if (REG_P (node
->loc
))
7840 /* Remove the variable part from the register's
7841 list, but preserve any other variable parts
7842 that might be regarded as live in that same
7844 anextp
= &set
->regs
[REGNO (node
->loc
)];
7845 for (anode
= *anextp
; anode
; anode
= anext
)
7847 anext
= anode
->next
;
7848 if (dv_as_opaque (anode
->dv
) == dv_as_opaque (var
->dv
)
7849 && anode
->offset
== offset
)
7851 pool_free (attrs_pool
, anode
);
7855 anextp
= &anode
->next
;
7859 slot
= delete_slot_part (set
, node
->loc
, slot
, offset
);
7867 /* Remove all recorded register locations for the given variable part
7868 from dataflow set SET, except for those that are identical to loc.
7869 The variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value
7870 DV and offset OFFSET. */
7873 clobber_variable_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, decl_or_value dv
,
7874 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
, rtx set_src
)
7876 variable_def
**slot
;
7878 if (!dv_as_opaque (dv
)
7879 || (!dv_is_value_p (dv
) && ! DECL_P (dv_as_decl (dv
))))
7882 slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
7886 clobber_slot_part (set
, loc
, slot
, offset
, set_src
);
7889 /* Delete the part of variable's location from dataflow set SET. The
7890 variable part is specified by its SET->vars slot SLOT and offset
7891 OFFSET and the part's location by LOC. */
7893 static variable_def
**
7894 delete_slot_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, variable_def
**slot
,
7895 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7897 variable var
= *slot
;
7898 int pos
= find_variable_location_part (var
, offset
, NULL
);
7902 location_chain node
, next
;
7903 location_chain
*nextp
;
7907 if (shared_var_p (var
, set
->vars
))
7909 /* If the variable contains the location part we have to
7910 make a copy of the variable. */
7911 for (node
= var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
; node
;
7914 if ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7915 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7916 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
))
7918 slot
= unshare_variable (set
, slot
, var
,
7919 VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNKNOWN
);
7926 if (pos
== 0 && var
->onepart
&& VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7927 cur_loc
= VAR_LOC_FROM (var
);
7929 cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
;
7931 /* Delete the location part. */
7933 nextp
= &var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
;
7934 for (node
= *nextp
; node
; node
= next
)
7937 if ((REG_P (node
->loc
) && REG_P (loc
)
7938 && REGNO (node
->loc
) == REGNO (loc
))
7939 || rtx_equal_p (node
->loc
, loc
))
7941 /* If we have deleted the location which was last emitted
7942 we have to emit new location so add the variable to set
7943 of changed variables. */
7944 if (cur_loc
== node
->loc
)
7947 var
->var_part
[pos
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
7948 if (pos
== 0 && var
->onepart
&& VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
7949 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
7951 pool_free (loc_chain_pool
, node
);
7956 nextp
= &node
->next
;
7959 if (var
->var_part
[pos
].loc_chain
== NULL
)
7963 while (pos
< var
->n_var_parts
)
7965 var
->var_part
[pos
] = var
->var_part
[pos
+ 1];
7970 variable_was_changed (var
, set
);
7976 /* Delete the part of variable's location from dataflow set SET. The
7977 variable part is specified by variable's declaration or value DV
7978 and offset OFFSET and the part's location by LOC. */
7981 delete_variable_part (dataflow_set
*set
, rtx loc
, decl_or_value dv
,
7982 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
7984 variable_def
**slot
= shared_hash_find_slot_noinsert (set
->vars
, dv
);
7988 delete_slot_part (set
, loc
, slot
, offset
);
7992 /* Structure for passing some other parameters to function
7993 vt_expand_loc_callback. */
7994 struct expand_loc_callback_data
7996 /* The variables and values active at this point. */
7997 variable_table_type
*vars
;
7999 /* Stack of values and debug_exprs under expansion, and their
8001 auto_vec
<rtx
, 4> expanding
;
8003 /* Stack of values and debug_exprs whose expansion hit recursion
8004 cycles. They will have VALUE_RECURSED_INTO marked when added to
8005 this list. This flag will be cleared if any of its dependencies
8006 resolves to a valid location. So, if the flag remains set at the
8007 end of the search, we know no valid location for this one can
8009 auto_vec
<rtx
, 4> pending
;
8011 /* The maximum depth among the sub-expressions under expansion.
8012 Zero indicates no expansion so far. */
8016 /* Allocate the one-part auxiliary data structure for VAR, with enough
8017 room for COUNT dependencies. */
8020 loc_exp_dep_alloc (variable var
, int count
)
8024 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
);
8026 /* We can be called with COUNT == 0 to allocate the data structure
8027 without any dependencies, e.g. for the backlinks only. However,
8028 if we are specifying a COUNT, then the dependency list must have
8029 been emptied before. It would be possible to adjust pointers or
8030 force it empty here, but this is better done at an earlier point
8031 in the algorithm, so we instead leave an assertion to catch
8033 gcc_checking_assert (!count
8034 || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
) == NULL
8035 || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->is_empty ());
8037 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) && VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->space (count
))
8040 allocsize
= offsetof (struct onepart_aux
, deps
)
8041 + vec
<loc_exp_dep
, va_heap
, vl_embed
>::embedded_size (count
);
8043 if (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
))
8045 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = XRESIZEVAR (struct onepart_aux
,
8046 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
), allocsize
);
8047 /* If the reallocation moves the onepaux structure, the
8048 back-pointer to BACKLINKS in the first list member will still
8049 point to its old location. Adjust it. */
8050 if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
))
8051 VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
)->pprev
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (var
);
8055 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
) = XNEWVAR (struct onepart_aux
, allocsize
);
8056 *VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (var
) = NULL
;
8057 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = NULL
;
8058 VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var
).complexity
= 0;
8059 VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var
).entryvals
= 0;
8061 VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->embedded_init (count
);
8064 /* Remove all entries from the vector of active dependencies of VAR,
8065 removing them from the back-links lists too. */
8068 loc_exp_dep_clear (variable var
)
8070 while (VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
) && !VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->is_empty ())
8072 loc_exp_dep
*led
= &VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->last ();
8074 led
->next
->pprev
= led
->pprev
;
8076 *led
->pprev
= led
->next
;
8077 VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->pop ();
8081 /* Insert an active dependency from VAR on X to the vector of
8082 dependencies, and add the corresponding back-link to X's list of
8083 back-links in VARS. */
8086 loc_exp_insert_dep (variable var
, rtx x
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8092 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
8094 /* ??? Build a vector of variables parallel to EXPANDING, to avoid
8095 an additional look up? */
8096 xvar
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
8100 xvar
= variable_from_dropped (dv
, NO_INSERT
);
8101 gcc_checking_assert (xvar
);
8104 /* No point in adding the same backlink more than once. This may
8105 arise if say the same value appears in two complex expressions in
8106 the same loc_list, or even more than once in a single
8108 if (VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (xvar
) && VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (xvar
)->dv
== var
->dv
)
8111 if (var
->onepart
== NOT_ONEPART
)
8112 led
= (loc_exp_dep
*) pool_alloc (loc_exp_dep_pool
);
8116 memset (&empty
, 0, sizeof (empty
));
8117 VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->quick_push (empty
);
8118 led
= &VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->last ();
8123 loc_exp_dep_alloc (xvar
, 0);
8124 led
->pprev
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LSTP (xvar
);
8125 led
->next
= *led
->pprev
;
8127 led
->next
->pprev
= &led
->next
;
8131 /* Create active dependencies of VAR on COUNT values starting at
8132 VALUE, and corresponding back-links to the entries in VARS. Return
8133 true if we found any pending-recursion results. */
8136 loc_exp_dep_set (variable var
, rtx result
, rtx
*value
, int count
,
8137 variable_table_type
*vars
)
8139 bool pending_recursion
= false;
8141 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
) == NULL
8142 || VAR_LOC_DEP_VEC (var
)->is_empty ());
8144 /* Set up all dependencies from last_child (as set up at the end of
8145 the loop above) to the end. */
8146 loc_exp_dep_alloc (var
, count
);
8152 if (!pending_recursion
)
8153 pending_recursion
= !result
&& VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
);
8155 loc_exp_insert_dep (var
, x
, vars
);
8158 return pending_recursion
;
8161 /* Notify the back-links of IVAR that are pending recursion that we
8162 have found a non-NIL value for it, so they are cleared for another
8163 attempt to compute a current location. */
8166 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (variable ivar
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8168 loc_exp_dep
*led
, *next
;
8170 for (led
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (ivar
); led
; led
= next
)
8172 decl_or_value dv
= led
->dv
;
8177 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
8179 rtx value
= dv_as_value (dv
);
8181 /* If we have already resolved it, leave it alone. */
8182 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (value
))
8185 /* Check that VALUE_RECURSED_INTO, true from the test above,
8186 implies NO_LOC_P. */
8187 gcc_checking_assert (NO_LOC_P (value
));
8189 /* We won't notify variables that are being expanded,
8190 because their dependency list is cleared before
8192 NO_LOC_P (value
) = false;
8193 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (value
) = false;
8195 gcc_checking_assert (dv_changed_p (dv
));
8199 gcc_checking_assert (dv_onepart_p (dv
) != NOT_ONEPART
);
8200 if (!dv_changed_p (dv
))
8204 var
= vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
8207 var
= variable_from_dropped (dv
, NO_INSERT
);
8210 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (var
, vars
);
8213 next
->pprev
= led
->pprev
;
8221 static rtx
vt_expand_loc_callback (rtx x
, bitmap regs
,
8222 int max_depth
, void *data
);
8224 /* Return the combined depth, when one sub-expression evaluated to
8225 BEST_DEPTH and the previous known depth was SAVED_DEPTH. */
8227 static inline expand_depth
8228 update_depth (expand_depth saved_depth
, expand_depth best_depth
)
8230 /* If we didn't find anything, stick with what we had. */
8231 if (!best_depth
.complexity
)
8234 /* If we found hadn't found anything, use the depth of the current
8235 expression. Do NOT add one extra level, we want to compute the
8236 maximum depth among sub-expressions. We'll increment it later,
8238 if (!saved_depth
.complexity
)
8241 /* Combine the entryval count so that regardless of which one we
8242 return, the entryval count is accurate. */
8243 best_depth
.entryvals
= saved_depth
.entryvals
8244 = best_depth
.entryvals
+ saved_depth
.entryvals
;
8246 if (saved_depth
.complexity
< best_depth
.complexity
)
8252 /* Expand VAR to a location RTX, updating its cur_loc. Use REGS and
8253 DATA for cselib expand callback. If PENDRECP is given, indicate in
8254 it whether any sub-expression couldn't be fully evaluated because
8255 it is pending recursion resolution. */
8258 vt_expand_var_loc_chain (variable var
, bitmap regs
, void *data
, bool *pendrecp
)
8260 struct expand_loc_callback_data
*elcd
8261 = (struct expand_loc_callback_data
*) data
;
8262 location_chain loc
, next
;
8264 int first_child
, result_first_child
, last_child
;
8265 bool pending_recursion
;
8266 rtx loc_from
= NULL
;
8267 struct elt_loc_list
*cloc
= NULL
;
8268 expand_depth depth
= { 0, 0 }, saved_depth
= elcd
->depth
;
8269 int wanted_entryvals
, found_entryvals
= 0;
8271 /* Clear all backlinks pointing at this, so that we're not notified
8272 while we're active. */
8273 loc_exp_dep_clear (var
);
8276 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
8278 cselib_val
*val
= CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (var
->dv
));
8280 gcc_checking_assert (cselib_preserved_value_p (val
));
8285 first_child
= result_first_child
= last_child
8286 = elcd
->expanding
.length ();
8288 wanted_entryvals
= found_entryvals
;
8290 /* Attempt to expand each available location in turn. */
8291 for (next
= loc
= var
->n_var_parts
? var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
: NULL
;
8292 loc
|| cloc
; loc
= next
)
8294 result_first_child
= last_child
;
8298 loc_from
= cloc
->loc
;
8301 if (unsuitable_loc (loc_from
))
8306 loc_from
= loc
->loc
;
8310 gcc_checking_assert (!unsuitable_loc (loc_from
));
8312 elcd
->depth
.complexity
= elcd
->depth
.entryvals
= 0;
8313 result
= cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (loc_from
, regs
, EXPR_DEPTH
,
8314 vt_expand_loc_callback
, data
);
8315 last_child
= elcd
->expanding
.length ();
8319 depth
= elcd
->depth
;
8321 gcc_checking_assert (depth
.complexity
8322 || result_first_child
== last_child
);
8324 if (last_child
- result_first_child
!= 1)
8326 if (!depth
.complexity
&& GET_CODE (result
) == ENTRY_VALUE
)
8331 if (depth
.complexity
<= EXPR_USE_DEPTH
)
8333 if (depth
.entryvals
<= wanted_entryvals
)
8335 else if (!found_entryvals
|| depth
.entryvals
< found_entryvals
)
8336 found_entryvals
= depth
.entryvals
;
8342 /* Set it up in case we leave the loop. */
8343 depth
.complexity
= depth
.entryvals
= 0;
8345 result_first_child
= first_child
;
8348 if (!loc_from
&& wanted_entryvals
< found_entryvals
)
8350 /* We found entries with ENTRY_VALUEs and skipped them. Since
8351 we could not find any expansions without ENTRY_VALUEs, but we
8352 found at least one with them, go back and get an entry with
8353 the minimum number ENTRY_VALUE count that we found. We could
8354 avoid looping, but since each sub-loc is already resolved,
8355 the re-expansion should be trivial. ??? Should we record all
8356 attempted locs as dependencies, so that we retry the
8357 expansion should any of them change, in the hope it can give
8358 us a new entry without an ENTRY_VALUE? */
8359 elcd
->expanding
.truncate (first_child
);
8363 /* Register all encountered dependencies as active. */
8364 pending_recursion
= loc_exp_dep_set
8365 (var
, result
, elcd
->expanding
.address () + result_first_child
,
8366 last_child
- result_first_child
, elcd
->vars
);
8368 elcd
->expanding
.truncate (first_child
);
8370 /* Record where the expansion came from. */
8371 gcc_checking_assert (!result
|| !pending_recursion
);
8372 VAR_LOC_FROM (var
) = loc_from
;
8373 VAR_LOC_DEPTH (var
) = depth
;
8375 gcc_checking_assert (!depth
.complexity
== !result
);
8377 elcd
->depth
= update_depth (saved_depth
, depth
);
8379 /* Indicate whether any of the dependencies are pending recursion
8382 *pendrecp
= pending_recursion
;
8384 if (!pendrecp
|| !pending_recursion
)
8385 var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= result
;
8390 /* Callback for cselib_expand_value, that looks for expressions
8391 holding the value in the var-tracking hash tables. Return X for
8392 standard processing, anything else is to be used as-is. */
8395 vt_expand_loc_callback (rtx x
, bitmap regs
,
8396 int max_depth ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
8399 struct expand_loc_callback_data
*elcd
8400 = (struct expand_loc_callback_data
*) data
;
8404 bool pending_recursion
= false;
8405 bool from_empty
= false;
8407 switch (GET_CODE (x
))
8410 subreg
= cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (SUBREG_REG (x
), regs
,
8412 vt_expand_loc_callback
, data
);
8417 result
= simplify_gen_subreg (GET_MODE (x
), subreg
,
8418 GET_MODE (SUBREG_REG (x
)),
8421 /* Invalid SUBREGs are ok in debug info. ??? We could try
8422 alternate expansions for the VALUE as well. */
8424 result
= gen_rtx_raw_SUBREG (GET_MODE (x
), subreg
, SUBREG_BYTE (x
));
8430 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
8437 elcd
->expanding
.safe_push (x
);
8439 /* Check that VALUE_RECURSED_INTO implies NO_LOC_P. */
8440 gcc_checking_assert (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) || NO_LOC_P (x
));
8444 gcc_checking_assert (VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) || !dv_changed_p (dv
));
8448 var
= elcd
->vars
->find_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
));
8453 var
= variable_from_dropped (dv
, INSERT
);
8456 gcc_checking_assert (var
);
8458 if (!dv_changed_p (dv
))
8460 gcc_checking_assert (!NO_LOC_P (x
));
8461 gcc_checking_assert (var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
);
8462 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
));
8463 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
)->depth
.complexity
);
8465 elcd
->depth
= update_depth (elcd
->depth
, VAR_LOC_1PAUX (var
)->depth
);
8467 return var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
8470 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) = true;
8471 /* This is tentative, but it makes some tests simpler. */
8472 NO_LOC_P (x
) = true;
8474 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1 || from_empty
);
8476 result
= vt_expand_var_loc_chain (var
, regs
, data
, &pending_recursion
);
8478 if (pending_recursion
)
8480 gcc_checking_assert (!result
);
8481 elcd
->pending
.safe_push (x
);
8485 NO_LOC_P (x
) = !result
;
8486 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) = false;
8487 set_dv_changed (dv
, false);
8490 notify_dependents_of_resolved_value (var
, elcd
->vars
);
8496 /* While expanding variables, we may encounter recursion cycles
8497 because of mutual (possibly indirect) dependencies between two
8498 particular variables (or values), say A and B. If we're trying to
8499 expand A when we get to B, which in turn attempts to expand A, if
8500 we can't find any other expansion for B, we'll add B to this
8501 pending-recursion stack, and tentatively return NULL for its
8502 location. This tentative value will be used for any other
8503 occurrences of B, unless A gets some other location, in which case
8504 it will notify B that it is worth another try at computing a
8505 location for it, and it will use the location computed for A then.
8506 At the end of the expansion, the tentative NULL locations become
8507 final for all members of PENDING that didn't get a notification.
8508 This function performs this finalization of NULL locations. */
8511 resolve_expansions_pending_recursion (vec
<rtx
, va_heap
> *pending
)
8513 while (!pending
->is_empty ())
8515 rtx x
= pending
->pop ();
8518 if (!VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
))
8521 gcc_checking_assert (NO_LOC_P (x
));
8522 VALUE_RECURSED_INTO (x
) = false;
8523 dv
= dv_from_rtx (x
);
8524 gcc_checking_assert (dv_changed_p (dv
));
8525 set_dv_changed (dv
, false);
8529 /* Initialize expand_loc_callback_data D with variable hash table V.
8530 It must be a macro because of alloca (vec stack). */
8531 #define INIT_ELCD(d, v) \
8535 (d).depth.complexity = (d).depth.entryvals = 0; \
8538 /* Finalize expand_loc_callback_data D, resolved to location L. */
8539 #define FINI_ELCD(d, l) \
8542 resolve_expansions_pending_recursion (&(d).pending); \
8543 (d).pending.release (); \
8544 (d).expanding.release (); \
8546 if ((l) && MEM_P (l)) \
8547 (l) = targetm.delegitimize_address (l); \
8551 /* Expand VALUEs and DEBUG_EXPRs in LOC to a location, using the
8552 equivalences in VARS, updating their CUR_LOCs in the process. */
8555 vt_expand_loc (rtx loc
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8557 struct expand_loc_callback_data data
;
8560 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
8563 INIT_ELCD (data
, vars
);
8565 result
= cselib_expand_value_rtx_cb (loc
, scratch_regs
, EXPR_DEPTH
,
8566 vt_expand_loc_callback
, &data
);
8568 FINI_ELCD (data
, result
);
8573 /* Expand the one-part VARiable to a location, using the equivalences
8574 in VARS, updating their CUR_LOCs in the process. */
8577 vt_expand_1pvar (variable var
, variable_table_type
*vars
)
8579 struct expand_loc_callback_data data
;
8582 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
&& var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
8584 if (!dv_changed_p (var
->dv
))
8585 return var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
8587 INIT_ELCD (data
, vars
);
8589 loc
= vt_expand_var_loc_chain (var
, scratch_regs
, &data
, NULL
);
8591 gcc_checking_assert (data
.expanding
.is_empty ());
8593 FINI_ELCD (data
, loc
);
8598 /* Emit the NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION for variable *VARP. DATA contains
8599 additional parameters: WHERE specifies whether the note shall be emitted
8600 before or after instruction INSN. */
8603 emit_note_insn_var_location (variable_def
**varp
, emit_note_data
*data
)
8605 variable var
= *varp
;
8606 rtx_insn
*insn
= data
->insn
;
8607 enum emit_note_where where
= data
->where
;
8608 variable_table_type
*vars
= data
->vars
;
8611 int i
, j
, n_var_parts
;
8613 enum var_init_status initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
;
8614 HOST_WIDE_INT last_limit
;
8615 tree type_size_unit
;
8616 HOST_WIDE_INT offsets
[MAX_VAR_PARTS
];
8617 rtx loc
[MAX_VAR_PARTS
];
8621 gcc_checking_assert (var
->onepart
== NOT_ONEPART
8622 || var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VDECL
);
8624 decl
= dv_as_decl (var
->dv
);
8630 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
8631 if (var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
== NULL
&& var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
)
8632 var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
->loc
;
8633 for (i
= 0; i
< var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
8635 machine_mode mode
, wider_mode
;
8637 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
8639 if (i
== 0 && var
->onepart
)
8641 gcc_checking_assert (var
->n_var_parts
== 1);
8643 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
8644 loc2
= vt_expand_1pvar (var
, vars
);
8648 if (last_limit
< VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
))
8653 else if (last_limit
> VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
))
8655 offset
= VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, i
);
8656 loc2
= var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
;
8657 if (loc2
&& GET_CODE (loc2
) == MEM
8658 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc2
, 0)) == VALUE
)
8660 rtx depval
= XEXP (loc2
, 0);
8662 loc2
= vt_expand_loc (loc2
, vars
);
8665 loc_exp_insert_dep (var
, depval
, vars
);
8672 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (loc2
) != VALUE
);
8673 for (lc
= var
->var_part
[i
].loc_chain
; lc
; lc
= lc
->next
)
8674 if (var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
== lc
->loc
)
8676 initialized
= lc
->init
;
8682 offsets
[n_var_parts
] = offset
;
8688 loc
[n_var_parts
] = loc2
;
8689 mode
= GET_MODE (var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
);
8690 if (mode
== VOIDmode
&& var
->onepart
)
8691 mode
= DECL_MODE (decl
);
8692 last_limit
= offsets
[n_var_parts
] + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
8694 /* Attempt to merge adjacent registers or memory. */
8695 wider_mode
= GET_MODE_WIDER_MODE (mode
);
8696 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< var
->n_var_parts
; j
++)
8697 if (last_limit
<= VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, j
))
8699 if (j
< var
->n_var_parts
8700 && wider_mode
!= VOIDmode
8701 && var
->var_part
[j
].cur_loc
8702 && mode
== GET_MODE (var
->var_part
[j
].cur_loc
)
8703 && (REG_P (loc
[n_var_parts
]) || MEM_P (loc
[n_var_parts
]))
8704 && last_limit
== (var
->onepart
? 0 : VAR_PART_OFFSET (var
, j
))
8705 && (loc2
= vt_expand_loc (var
->var_part
[j
].cur_loc
, vars
))
8706 && GET_CODE (loc
[n_var_parts
]) == GET_CODE (loc2
))
8710 if (REG_P (loc
[n_var_parts
])
8711 && hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
])][mode
] * 2
8712 == hard_regno_nregs
[REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
])][wider_mode
]
8713 && end_hard_regno (mode
, REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
]))
8716 if (! WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
&& ! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8717 new_loc
= simplify_subreg (wider_mode
, loc
[n_var_parts
],
8719 else if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
&& BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
8720 new_loc
= simplify_subreg (wider_mode
, loc2
, mode
, 0);
8723 if (!REG_P (new_loc
)
8724 || REGNO (new_loc
) != REGNO (loc
[n_var_parts
]))
8727 REG_ATTRS (new_loc
) = REG_ATTRS (loc
[n_var_parts
]);
8730 else if (MEM_P (loc
[n_var_parts
])
8731 && GET_CODE (XEXP (loc2
, 0)) == PLUS
8732 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 0))
8733 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 1)))
8735 if ((REG_P (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0))
8736 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0),
8737 XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 0))
8738 && INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 1))
8739 == GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
))
8740 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0)) == PLUS
8741 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0), 1))
8742 && rtx_equal_p (XEXP (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0), 0),
8743 XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 0))
8744 && INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (loc
[n_var_parts
], 0), 1))
8745 + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
)
8746 == INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (loc2
, 0), 1))))
8747 new_loc
= adjust_address_nv (loc
[n_var_parts
],
8753 loc
[n_var_parts
] = new_loc
;
8755 last_limit
= offsets
[n_var_parts
] + GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
8761 type_size_unit
= TYPE_SIZE_UNIT (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
8762 if ((unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) last_limit
< TREE_INT_CST_LOW (type_size_unit
))
8765 if (! flag_var_tracking_uninit
)
8766 initialized
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
8770 note_vl
= gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode
, decl
, NULL_RTX
, initialized
);
8771 else if (n_var_parts
== 1)
8775 if (offsets
[0] || GET_CODE (loc
[0]) == PARALLEL
)
8776 expr_list
= gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, loc
[0], GEN_INT (offsets
[0]));
8780 note_vl
= gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode
, decl
, expr_list
, initialized
);
8782 else if (n_var_parts
)
8786 for (i
= 0; i
< n_var_parts
; i
++)
8788 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, loc
[i
], GEN_INT (offsets
[i
]));
8790 parallel
= gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
,
8791 gen_rtvec_v (n_var_parts
, loc
));
8792 note_vl
= gen_rtx_VAR_LOCATION (VOIDmode
, decl
,
8793 parallel
, initialized
);
8796 if (where
!= EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
)
8798 note
= emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
, insn
);
8799 if (where
== EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
)
8800 NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (note
) = true;
8804 /* Make sure that the call related notes come first. */
8805 while (NEXT_INSN (insn
)
8807 && ((NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
8808 && NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (insn
))
8809 || NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
))
8810 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
8812 && ((NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
8813 && NOTE_DURING_CALL_P (insn
))
8814 || NOTE_KIND (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
))
8815 note
= emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
, insn
);
8817 note
= emit_note_before (NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
, insn
);
8819 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (note
) = note_vl
;
8821 set_dv_changed (var
->dv
, false);
8822 gcc_assert (var
->in_changed_variables
);
8823 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
8824 changed_variables
->clear_slot (varp
);
8826 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
8830 /* While traversing changed_variables, push onto DATA (a stack of RTX
8831 values) entries that aren't user variables. */
8834 var_track_values_to_stack (variable_def
**slot
,
8835 vec
<rtx
, va_heap
> *changed_values_stack
)
8837 variable var
= *slot
;
8839 if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
)
8840 changed_values_stack
->safe_push (dv_as_value (var
->dv
));
8841 else if (var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
8842 changed_values_stack
->safe_push (DECL_RTL_KNOWN_SET (dv_as_decl (var
->dv
)));
8847 /* Remove from changed_variables the entry whose DV corresponds to
8848 value or debug_expr VAL. */
8850 remove_value_from_changed_variables (rtx val
)
8852 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_rtx (val
);
8853 variable_def
**slot
;
8856 slot
= changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
),
8859 var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
8860 changed_variables
->clear_slot (slot
);
8863 /* If VAL (a value or debug_expr) has backlinks to variables actively
8864 dependent on it in HTAB or in CHANGED_VARIABLES, mark them as
8865 changed, adding to CHANGED_VALUES_STACK any dependencies that may
8866 have dependencies of their own to notify. */
8869 notify_dependents_of_changed_value (rtx val
, variable_table_type
*htab
,
8870 vec
<rtx
, va_heap
> *changed_values_stack
)
8872 variable_def
**slot
;
8875 decl_or_value dv
= dv_from_rtx (val
);
8877 slot
= changed_variables
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
),
8880 slot
= htab
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
), NO_INSERT
);
8882 slot
= dropped_values
->find_slot_with_hash (dv
, dv_htab_hash (dv
),
8886 while ((led
= VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (var
)))
8888 decl_or_value ldv
= led
->dv
;
8891 /* Deactivate and remove the backlink, as it was “used up”. It
8892 makes no sense to attempt to notify the same entity again:
8893 either it will be recomputed and re-register an active
8894 dependency, or it will still have the changed mark. */
8896 led
->next
->pprev
= led
->pprev
;
8898 *led
->pprev
= led
->next
;
8902 if (dv_changed_p (ldv
))
8905 switch (dv_onepart_p (ldv
))
8909 set_dv_changed (ldv
, true);
8910 changed_values_stack
->safe_push (dv_as_rtx (ldv
));
8914 ivar
= htab
->find_with_hash (ldv
, dv_htab_hash (ldv
));
8915 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_DEP_LST (ivar
));
8916 variable_was_changed (ivar
, NULL
);
8920 pool_free (loc_exp_dep_pool
, led
);
8921 ivar
= htab
->find_with_hash (ldv
, dv_htab_hash (ldv
));
8924 int i
= ivar
->n_var_parts
;
8927 rtx loc
= ivar
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
;
8929 if (loc
&& GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
8930 && XEXP (loc
, 0) == val
)
8932 variable_was_changed (ivar
, NULL
);
8945 /* Take out of changed_variables any entries that don't refer to use
8946 variables. Back-propagate change notifications from values and
8947 debug_exprs to their active dependencies in HTAB or in
8948 CHANGED_VARIABLES. */
8951 process_changed_values (variable_table_type
*htab
)
8955 auto_vec
<rtx
, 20> changed_values_stack
;
8957 /* Move values from changed_variables to changed_values_stack. */
8959 ->traverse
<vec
<rtx
, va_heap
>*, var_track_values_to_stack
>
8960 (&changed_values_stack
);
8962 /* Back-propagate change notifications in values while popping
8963 them from the stack. */
8964 for (n
= i
= changed_values_stack
.length ();
8965 i
> 0; i
= changed_values_stack
.length ())
8967 val
= changed_values_stack
.pop ();
8968 notify_dependents_of_changed_value (val
, htab
, &changed_values_stack
);
8970 /* This condition will hold when visiting each of the entries
8971 originally in changed_variables. We can't remove them
8972 earlier because this could drop the backlinks before we got a
8973 chance to use them. */
8976 remove_value_from_changed_variables (val
);
8982 /* Emit NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION note for each variable from a chain
8983 CHANGED_VARIABLES and delete this chain. WHERE specifies whether
8984 the notes shall be emitted before of after instruction INSN. */
8987 emit_notes_for_changes (rtx_insn
*insn
, enum emit_note_where where
,
8990 emit_note_data data
;
8991 variable_table_type
*htab
= shared_hash_htab (vars
);
8993 if (!changed_variables
->elements ())
8996 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
8997 process_changed_values (htab
);
9004 ->traverse
<emit_note_data
*, emit_note_insn_var_location
> (&data
);
9007 /* Add variable *SLOT to the chain CHANGED_VARIABLES if it differs from the
9008 same variable in hash table DATA or is not there at all. */
9011 emit_notes_for_differences_1 (variable_def
**slot
, variable_table_type
*new_vars
)
9013 variable old_var
, new_var
;
9016 new_var
= new_vars
->find_with_hash (old_var
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (old_var
->dv
));
9020 /* Variable has disappeared. */
9021 variable empty_var
= NULL
;
9023 if (old_var
->onepart
== ONEPART_VALUE
9024 || old_var
->onepart
== ONEPART_DEXPR
)
9026 empty_var
= variable_from_dropped (old_var
->dv
, NO_INSERT
);
9029 gcc_checking_assert (!empty_var
->in_changed_variables
);
9030 if (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
))
9032 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
);
9033 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = NULL
;
9036 gcc_checking_assert (!VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
));
9042 empty_var
= (variable
) pool_alloc (onepart_pool (old_var
->onepart
));
9043 empty_var
->dv
= old_var
->dv
;
9044 empty_var
->refcount
= 0;
9045 empty_var
->n_var_parts
= 0;
9046 empty_var
->onepart
= old_var
->onepart
;
9047 empty_var
->in_changed_variables
= false;
9050 if (empty_var
->onepart
)
9052 /* Propagate the auxiliary data to (ultimately)
9053 changed_variables. */
9054 empty_var
->var_part
[0].loc_chain
= NULL
;
9055 empty_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= NULL
;
9056 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (empty_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
);
9057 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = NULL
;
9059 variable_was_changed (empty_var
, NULL
);
9060 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
9063 /* Update cur_loc and one-part auxiliary data, before new_var goes
9064 through variable_was_changed. */
9065 if (old_var
!= new_var
&& new_var
->onepart
)
9067 gcc_checking_assert (VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var
) == NULL
);
9068 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (new_var
) = VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
);
9069 VAR_LOC_1PAUX (old_var
) = NULL
;
9070 new_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
= old_var
->var_part
[0].cur_loc
;
9072 if (variable_different_p (old_var
, new_var
))
9073 variable_was_changed (new_var
, NULL
);
9075 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
9079 /* Add variable *SLOT to the chain CHANGED_VARIABLES if it is not in hash
9083 emit_notes_for_differences_2 (variable_def
**slot
, variable_table_type
*old_vars
)
9085 variable old_var
, new_var
;
9088 old_var
= old_vars
->find_with_hash (new_var
->dv
, dv_htab_hash (new_var
->dv
));
9092 for (i
= 0; i
< new_var
->n_var_parts
; i
++)
9093 new_var
->var_part
[i
].cur_loc
= NULL
;
9094 variable_was_changed (new_var
, NULL
);
9097 /* Continue traversing the hash table. */
9101 /* Emit notes before INSN for differences between dataflow sets OLD_SET and
9105 emit_notes_for_differences (rtx_insn
*insn
, dataflow_set
*old_set
,
9106 dataflow_set
*new_set
)
9108 shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
)
9109 ->traverse
<variable_table_type
*, emit_notes_for_differences_1
>
9110 (shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
));
9111 shared_hash_htab (new_set
->vars
)
9112 ->traverse
<variable_table_type
*, emit_notes_for_differences_2
>
9113 (shared_hash_htab (old_set
->vars
));
9114 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
, new_set
->vars
);
9117 /* Return the next insn after INSN that is not a NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION. */
9120 next_non_note_insn_var_location (rtx_insn
*insn
)
9124 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
);
9127 || NOTE_KIND (insn
) != NOTE_INSN_VAR_LOCATION
)
9134 /* Emit the notes for changes of location parts in the basic block BB. */
9137 emit_notes_in_bb (basic_block bb
, dataflow_set
*set
)
9140 micro_operation
*mo
;
9142 dataflow_set_clear (set
);
9143 dataflow_set_copy (set
, &VTI (bb
)->in
);
9145 FOR_EACH_VEC_ELT (VTI (bb
)->mos
, i
, mo
)
9147 rtx_insn
*insn
= mo
->insn
;
9148 rtx_insn
*next_insn
= next_non_note_insn_var_location (insn
);
9153 dataflow_set_clear_at_call (set
);
9154 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_CALL_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9156 rtx arguments
= mo
->u
.loc
, *p
= &arguments
;
9160 XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1)
9161 = vt_expand_loc (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1),
9162 shared_hash_htab (set
->vars
));
9163 /* If expansion is successful, keep it in the list. */
9164 if (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 1))
9166 /* Otherwise, if the following item is data_value for it,
9168 else if (XEXP (*p
, 1)
9169 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 0))
9170 && MEM_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 0), 0))
9171 && REG_P (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 0), 0),
9173 && REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 0), 0))
9174 == REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 0),
9176 *p
= XEXP (XEXP (*p
, 1), 1);
9177 /* Just drop this item. */
9181 note
= emit_note_after (NOTE_INSN_CALL_ARG_LOCATION
, insn
);
9182 NOTE_VAR_LOCATION (note
) = arguments
;
9188 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9191 var_reg_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
9193 var_mem_set (set
, loc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
, NULL
);
9195 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9201 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9205 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == CONCAT
)
9207 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
9208 vloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
9216 var
= PAT_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (vloc
);
9218 clobber_variable_part (set
, NULL_RTX
,
9219 dv_from_decl (var
), 0, NULL_RTX
);
9222 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9223 val_resolve (set
, val
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
), insn
);
9224 set_variable_part (set
, val
, dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
9225 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
9228 else if (!VAR_LOC_UNKNOWN_P (PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
)))
9229 set_variable_part (set
, PAT_VAR_LOCATION_LOC (vloc
),
9230 dv_from_decl (var
), 0,
9231 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL_RTX
,
9234 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9240 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9241 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
9243 vloc
= uloc
= XEXP (loc
, 1);
9244 val
= XEXP (loc
, 0);
9246 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
9248 uloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
9249 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
9252 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9253 val_resolve (set
, val
, vloc
, insn
);
9255 val_store (set
, val
, uloc
, insn
, false);
9257 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
9259 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == REG
)
9260 var_reg_set (set
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
9262 else if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == MEM
)
9263 var_mem_set (set
, uloc
, VAR_INIT_STATUS_UNINITIALIZED
,
9267 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9273 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9274 rtx val
, vloc
, uloc
;
9278 uloc
= XEXP (vloc
, 1);
9279 val
= XEXP (vloc
, 0);
9282 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
9284 dstv
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
9285 srcv
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
9293 if (GET_CODE (val
) == CONCAT
)
9295 dstv
= vloc
= XEXP (val
, 1);
9296 val
= XEXP (val
, 0);
9299 if (GET_CODE (vloc
) == SET
)
9301 srcv
= SET_SRC (vloc
);
9303 gcc_assert (val
!= srcv
);
9304 gcc_assert (vloc
== uloc
|| VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
));
9306 dstv
= vloc
= SET_DEST (vloc
);
9308 if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9309 val_resolve (set
, val
, srcv
, insn
);
9311 else if (VAL_NEEDS_RESOLUTION (loc
))
9313 gcc_assert (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
9314 && GET_CODE (SET_SRC (uloc
)) == REG
);
9315 val_resolve (set
, val
, SET_SRC (uloc
), insn
);
9318 if (VAL_HOLDS_TRACK_EXPR (loc
))
9320 if (VAL_EXPR_IS_CLOBBERED (loc
))
9323 var_reg_delete (set
, uloc
, true);
9324 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
9326 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
9327 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (uloc
));
9328 var_mem_delete (set
, dstv
, true);
9333 bool copied_p
= VAL_EXPR_IS_COPIED (loc
);
9334 rtx src
= NULL
, dst
= uloc
;
9335 enum var_init_status status
= VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
;
9337 if (GET_CODE (uloc
) == SET
)
9339 src
= SET_SRC (uloc
);
9340 dst
= SET_DEST (uloc
);
9345 status
= find_src_status (set
, src
);
9347 src
= find_src_set_src (set
, src
);
9351 var_reg_delete_and_set (set
, dst
, !copied_p
,
9353 else if (MEM_P (dst
))
9355 gcc_assert (MEM_P (dstv
));
9356 gcc_assert (MEM_ATTRS (dstv
) == MEM_ATTRS (dst
));
9357 var_mem_delete_and_set (set
, dstv
, !copied_p
,
9362 else if (REG_P (uloc
))
9363 var_regno_delete (set
, REGNO (uloc
));
9364 else if (MEM_P (uloc
))
9366 gcc_checking_assert (GET_CODE (vloc
) == MEM
);
9367 gcc_checking_assert (vloc
== dstv
);
9369 clobber_overlapping_mems (set
, vloc
);
9372 val_store (set
, val
, dstv
, insn
, true);
9374 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9381 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9384 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
9386 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
9387 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
9391 var_reg_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
9394 var_mem_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, true, VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
,
9397 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9404 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9405 enum var_init_status src_status
;
9408 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == SET
)
9410 set_src
= SET_SRC (loc
);
9411 loc
= SET_DEST (loc
);
9414 src_status
= find_src_status (set
, set_src
);
9415 set_src
= find_src_set_src (set
, set_src
);
9418 var_reg_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
9420 var_mem_delete_and_set (set
, loc
, false, src_status
, set_src
);
9422 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9429 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9432 var_reg_delete (set
, loc
, false);
9434 var_mem_delete (set
, loc
, false);
9436 emit_notes_for_changes (insn
, EMIT_NOTE_AFTER_INSN
, set
->vars
);
9442 rtx loc
= mo
->u
.loc
;
9445 var_reg_delete (set
, loc
, true);
9447 var_mem_delete (set
, loc
, true);
9449 emit_notes_for_changes (next_insn
, EMIT_NOTE_BEFORE_INSN
,
9455 set
->stack_adjust
+= mo
->u
.adjust
;
9461 /* Emit notes for the whole function. */
9464 vt_emit_notes (void)
9469 gcc_assert (!changed_variables
->elements ());
9471 /* Free memory occupied by the out hash tables, as they aren't used
9473 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
9474 dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
9476 /* Enable emitting notes by functions (mainly by set_variable_part and
9477 delete_variable_part). */
9480 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9482 dropped_values
= new variable_table_type (cselib_get_next_uid () * 2);
9483 loc_exp_dep_pool
= create_alloc_pool ("loc_exp_dep pool",
9484 sizeof (loc_exp_dep
), 64);
9487 dataflow_set_init (&cur
);
9489 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
9491 /* Emit the notes for changes of variable locations between two
9492 subsequent basic blocks. */
9493 emit_notes_for_differences (BB_HEAD (bb
), &cur
, &VTI (bb
)->in
);
9495 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9496 local_get_addr_cache
= new hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
>;
9498 /* Emit the notes for the changes in the basic block itself. */
9499 emit_notes_in_bb (bb
, &cur
);
9501 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9502 delete local_get_addr_cache
;
9503 local_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
9505 /* Free memory occupied by the in hash table, we won't need it
9507 dataflow_set_clear (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
9509 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
9510 shared_hash_htab (cur
.vars
)
9511 ->traverse
<variable_table_type
*, emit_notes_for_differences_1
>
9512 (shared_hash_htab (empty_shared_hash
));
9514 dataflow_set_destroy (&cur
);
9516 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9517 delete dropped_values
;
9518 dropped_values
= NULL
;
9523 /* If there is a declaration and offset associated with register/memory RTL
9524 assign declaration to *DECLP and offset to *OFFSETP, and return true. */
9527 vt_get_decl_and_offset (rtx rtl
, tree
*declp
, HOST_WIDE_INT
*offsetp
)
9531 if (REG_ATTRS (rtl
))
9533 *declp
= REG_EXPR (rtl
);
9534 *offsetp
= REG_OFFSET (rtl
);
9538 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PARALLEL
)
9540 tree decl
= NULL_TREE
;
9541 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= MAX_VAR_PARTS
;
9542 int len
= XVECLEN (rtl
, 0), i
;
9544 for (i
= 0; i
< len
; i
++)
9546 rtx reg
= XEXP (XVECEXP (rtl
, 0, i
), 0);
9547 if (!REG_P (reg
) || !REG_ATTRS (reg
))
9550 decl
= REG_EXPR (reg
);
9551 if (REG_EXPR (reg
) != decl
)
9553 if (REG_OFFSET (reg
) < offset
)
9554 offset
= REG_OFFSET (reg
);
9564 else if (MEM_P (rtl
))
9566 if (MEM_ATTRS (rtl
))
9568 *declp
= MEM_EXPR (rtl
);
9569 *offsetp
= INT_MEM_OFFSET (rtl
);
9576 /* Record the value for the ENTRY_VALUE of RTL as a global equivalence
9580 record_entry_value (cselib_val
*val
, rtx rtl
)
9582 rtx ev
= gen_rtx_ENTRY_VALUE (GET_MODE (rtl
));
9584 ENTRY_VALUE_EXP (ev
) = rtl
;
9586 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val
, ev
, get_insns ());
9589 /* Insert function parameter PARM in IN and OUT sets of ENTRY_BLOCK. */
9592 vt_add_function_parameter (tree parm
)
9594 rtx decl_rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (parm
);
9595 rtx incoming
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (parm
);
9598 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9602 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) != PARM_DECL
)
9605 if (!decl_rtl
|| !incoming
)
9608 if (GET_MODE (decl_rtl
) == BLKmode
|| GET_MODE (incoming
) == BLKmode
)
9611 /* If there is a DRAP register or a pseudo in internal_arg_pointer,
9612 rewrite the incoming location of parameters passed on the stack
9613 into MEMs based on the argument pointer, so that incoming doesn't
9614 depend on a pseudo. */
9615 if (MEM_P (incoming
)
9616 && (XEXP (incoming
, 0) == crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
9617 || (GET_CODE (XEXP (incoming
, 0)) == PLUS
9618 && XEXP (XEXP (incoming
, 0), 0)
9619 == crtl
->args
.internal_arg_pointer
9620 && CONST_INT_P (XEXP (XEXP (incoming
, 0), 1)))))
9622 HOST_WIDE_INT off
= -FIRST_PARM_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9623 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (incoming
, 0)) == PLUS
)
9624 off
+= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (incoming
, 0), 1));
9626 = replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming
,
9627 plus_constant (Pmode
,
9628 arg_pointer_rtx
, off
));
9631 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
9632 /* DECL_INCOMING_RTL uses the INCOMING_REGNO of parameter registers.
9633 If the target machine has an explicit window save instruction, the
9634 actual entry value is the corresponding OUTGOING_REGNO instead. */
9635 if (HAVE_window_save
&& !crtl
->uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9637 if (REG_P (incoming
)
9638 && HARD_REGISTER_P (incoming
)
9639 && OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming
)) != REGNO (incoming
))
9642 p
.incoming
= incoming
;
9644 = gen_rtx_REG_offset (incoming
, GET_MODE (incoming
),
9645 OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (incoming
)), 0);
9646 p
.outgoing
= incoming
;
9647 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs
, p
);
9649 else if (GET_CODE (incoming
) == PARALLEL
)
9652 = gen_rtx_PARALLEL (VOIDmode
, rtvec_alloc (XVECLEN (incoming
, 0)));
9655 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (incoming
, 0); i
++)
9657 rtx reg
= XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming
, 0, i
), 0);
9660 reg
= gen_rtx_REG_offset (reg
, GET_MODE (reg
),
9661 OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg
)), 0);
9663 XVECEXP (outgoing
, 0, i
)
9664 = gen_rtx_EXPR_LIST (VOIDmode
, reg
,
9665 XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming
, 0, i
), 1));
9666 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs
, p
);
9669 incoming
= outgoing
;
9671 else if (MEM_P (incoming
)
9672 && REG_P (XEXP (incoming
, 0))
9673 && HARD_REGISTER_P (XEXP (incoming
, 0)))
9675 rtx reg
= XEXP (incoming
, 0);
9676 if (OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg
)) != REGNO (reg
))
9680 reg
= gen_raw_REG (GET_MODE (reg
), OUTGOING_REGNO (REGNO (reg
)));
9682 vec_safe_push (windowed_parm_regs
, p
);
9683 incoming
= replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming
, reg
);
9689 if (!vt_get_decl_and_offset (incoming
, &decl
, &offset
))
9691 if (MEM_P (incoming
))
9693 /* This means argument is passed by invisible reference. */
9699 if (!vt_get_decl_and_offset (decl_rtl
, &decl
, &offset
))
9701 offset
+= byte_lowpart_offset (GET_MODE (incoming
),
9702 GET_MODE (decl_rtl
));
9711 /* If that DECL_RTL wasn't a pseudo that got spilled to
9712 memory, bail out. Otherwise, the spill slot sharing code
9713 will force the memory to reference spill_slot_decl (%sfp),
9714 so we don't match above. That's ok, the pseudo must have
9715 referenced the entire parameter, so just reset OFFSET. */
9716 if (decl
!= get_spill_slot_decl (false))
9721 if (!track_loc_p (incoming
, parm
, offset
, false, &mode
, &offset
))
9724 out
= &VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->out
;
9726 dv
= dv_from_decl (parm
);
9728 if (target_for_debug_bind (parm
)
9729 /* We can't deal with these right now, because this kind of
9730 variable is single-part. ??? We could handle parallels
9731 that describe multiple locations for the same single
9732 value, but ATM we don't. */
9733 && GET_CODE (incoming
) != PARALLEL
)
9738 /* ??? We shouldn't ever hit this, but it may happen because
9739 arguments passed by invisible reference aren't dealt with
9740 above: incoming-rtl will have Pmode rather than the
9741 expected mode for the type. */
9745 lowpart
= var_lowpart (mode
, incoming
);
9749 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (lowpart
, mode
, true,
9750 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9752 /* ??? Float-typed values in memory are not handled by
9756 preserve_value (val
);
9757 set_variable_part (out
, val
->val_rtx
, dv
, offset
,
9758 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9759 dv
= dv_from_value (val
->val_rtx
);
9762 if (MEM_P (incoming
))
9764 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (XEXP (incoming
, 0), mode
, true,
9765 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9768 preserve_value (val
);
9769 incoming
= replace_equiv_address_nv (incoming
, val
->val_rtx
);
9774 if (REG_P (incoming
))
9776 incoming
= var_lowpart (mode
, incoming
);
9777 gcc_assert (REGNO (incoming
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
9778 attrs_list_insert (&out
->regs
[REGNO (incoming
)], dv
, offset
,
9780 set_variable_part (out
, incoming
, dv
, offset
,
9781 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9782 if (dv_is_value_p (dv
))
9784 record_entry_value (CSELIB_VAL_PTR (dv_as_value (dv
)), incoming
);
9785 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (parm
)) == REFERENCE_TYPE
9786 && INTEGRAL_TYPE_P (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm
))))
9788 machine_mode indmode
9789 = TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (parm
)));
9790 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (indmode
, incoming
);
9791 cselib_val
*val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (mem
, indmode
, true,
9796 preserve_value (val
);
9797 record_entry_value (val
, mem
);
9798 set_variable_part (out
, mem
, dv_from_value (val
->val_rtx
), 0,
9799 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9804 else if (GET_CODE (incoming
) == PARALLEL
&& !dv_onepart_p (dv
))
9808 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (incoming
, 0); i
++)
9810 rtx reg
= XEXP (XVECEXP (incoming
, 0, i
), 0);
9811 offset
= REG_OFFSET (reg
);
9812 gcc_assert (REGNO (reg
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
);
9813 attrs_list_insert (&out
->regs
[REGNO (reg
)], dv
, offset
, reg
);
9814 set_variable_part (out
, reg
, dv
, offset
,
9815 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9818 else if (MEM_P (incoming
))
9820 incoming
= var_lowpart (mode
, incoming
);
9821 set_variable_part (out
, incoming
, dv
, offset
,
9822 VAR_INIT_STATUS_INITIALIZED
, NULL
, INSERT
);
9826 /* Insert function parameters to IN and OUT sets of ENTRY_BLOCK. */
9829 vt_add_function_parameters (void)
9833 for (parm
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (current_function_decl
);
9834 parm
; parm
= DECL_CHAIN (parm
))
9835 if (!POINTER_BOUNDS_P (parm
))
9836 vt_add_function_parameter (parm
);
9838 if (DECL_HAS_VALUE_EXPR_P (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl
)))
9840 tree vexpr
= DECL_VALUE_EXPR (DECL_RESULT (current_function_decl
));
9842 if (TREE_CODE (vexpr
) == INDIRECT_REF
)
9843 vexpr
= TREE_OPERAND (vexpr
, 0);
9845 if (TREE_CODE (vexpr
) == PARM_DECL
9846 && DECL_ARTIFICIAL (vexpr
)
9847 && !DECL_IGNORED_P (vexpr
)
9848 && DECL_NAMELESS (vexpr
))
9849 vt_add_function_parameter (vexpr
);
9853 /* Initialize cfa_base_rtx, create a preserved VALUE for it and
9854 ensure it isn't flushed during cselib_reset_table.
9855 Can be called only if frame_pointer_rtx resp. arg_pointer_rtx
9856 has been eliminated. */
9859 vt_init_cfa_base (void)
9863 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
9864 cfa_base_rtx
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
9865 cfa_base_offset
= -FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9867 cfa_base_rtx
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
9868 cfa_base_offset
= -ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9870 if (cfa_base_rtx
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
9871 || !fixed_regs
[REGNO (cfa_base_rtx
)])
9873 cfa_base_rtx
= NULL_RTX
;
9876 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9879 /* Tell alias analysis that cfa_base_rtx should share
9880 find_base_term value with stack pointer or hard frame pointer. */
9881 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
9882 vt_equate_reg_base_value (cfa_base_rtx
, stack_pointer_rtx
);
9883 else if (!crtl
->stack_realign_tried
)
9884 vt_equate_reg_base_value (cfa_base_rtx
, hard_frame_pointer_rtx
);
9886 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (cfa_base_rtx
, GET_MODE (cfa_base_rtx
), 1,
9887 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9888 preserve_value (val
);
9889 cselib_preserve_cfa_base_value (val
, REGNO (cfa_base_rtx
));
9892 /* Allocate and initialize the data structures for variable tracking
9893 and parse the RTL to get the micro operations. */
9896 vt_initialize (void)
9899 HOST_WIDE_INT fp_cfa_offset
= -1;
9901 alloc_aux_for_blocks (sizeof (struct variable_tracking_info_def
));
9903 attrs_pool
= create_alloc_pool ("attrs_def pool",
9904 sizeof (struct attrs_def
), 1024);
9905 var_pool
= create_alloc_pool ("variable_def pool",
9906 sizeof (struct variable_def
)
9907 + (MAX_VAR_PARTS
- 1)
9908 * sizeof (((variable
)NULL
)->var_part
[0]), 64);
9909 loc_chain_pool
= create_alloc_pool ("location_chain_def pool",
9910 sizeof (struct location_chain_def
),
9912 shared_hash_pool
= create_alloc_pool ("shared_hash_def pool",
9913 sizeof (struct shared_hash_def
), 256);
9914 empty_shared_hash
= (shared_hash
) pool_alloc (shared_hash_pool
);
9915 empty_shared_hash
->refcount
= 1;
9916 empty_shared_hash
->htab
= new variable_table_type (1);
9917 changed_variables
= new variable_table_type (10);
9919 /* Init the IN and OUT sets. */
9920 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
9922 VTI (bb
)->visited
= false;
9923 VTI (bb
)->flooded
= false;
9924 dataflow_set_init (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
9925 dataflow_set_init (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
9926 VTI (bb
)->permp
= NULL
;
9929 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9931 cselib_init (CSELIB_RECORD_MEMORY
| CSELIB_PRESERVE_CONSTANTS
);
9932 scratch_regs
= BITMAP_ALLOC (NULL
);
9933 valvar_pool
= create_alloc_pool ("small variable_def pool",
9934 sizeof (struct variable_def
), 256);
9935 preserved_values
.create (256);
9936 global_get_addr_cache
= new hash_map
<rtx
, rtx
>;
9940 scratch_regs
= NULL
;
9942 global_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
9945 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
9951 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
9952 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
9953 ofst
= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9955 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
9956 ofst
= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
9959 ofst
-= INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
;
9961 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (reg
, GET_MODE (reg
), 1,
9962 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9963 preserve_value (val
);
9964 if (reg
!= hard_frame_pointer_rtx
&& fixed_regs
[REGNO (reg
)])
9965 cselib_preserve_cfa_base_value (val
, REGNO (reg
));
9966 expr
= plus_constant (GET_MODE (stack_pointer_rtx
),
9967 stack_pointer_rtx
, -ofst
);
9968 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val
, expr
, get_insns ());
9972 val
= cselib_lookup_from_insn (stack_pointer_rtx
,
9973 GET_MODE (stack_pointer_rtx
), 1,
9974 VOIDmode
, get_insns ());
9975 preserve_value (val
);
9976 expr
= plus_constant (GET_MODE (reg
), reg
, ofst
);
9977 cselib_add_permanent_equiv (val
, expr
, get_insns ());
9981 /* In order to factor out the adjustments made to the stack pointer or to
9982 the hard frame pointer and thus be able to use DW_OP_fbreg operations
9983 instead of individual location lists, we're going to rewrite MEMs based
9984 on them into MEMs based on the CFA by de-eliminating stack_pointer_rtx
9985 or hard_frame_pointer_rtx to the virtual CFA pointer frame_pointer_rtx
9986 resp. arg_pointer_rtx. We can do this either when there is no frame
9987 pointer in the function and stack adjustments are consistent for all
9988 basic blocks or when there is a frame pointer and no stack realignment.
9989 But we first have to check that frame_pointer_rtx resp. arg_pointer_rtx
9990 has been eliminated. */
9991 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
9995 if (!vt_stack_adjustments ())
9998 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
9999 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10001 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10003 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10006 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10007 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10008 if (elim
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
10009 vt_init_cfa_base ();
10012 else if (!crtl
->stack_realign_tried
)
10016 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10017 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10018 fp_cfa_offset
= FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10020 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10021 fp_cfa_offset
= ARG_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET (current_function_decl
);
10023 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10026 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10028 fp_cfa_offset
-= INTVAL (XEXP (elim
, 1));
10029 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10031 if (elim
!= hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
10032 fp_cfa_offset
= -1;
10035 fp_cfa_offset
= -1;
10038 /* If the stack is realigned and a DRAP register is used, we're going to
10039 rewrite MEMs based on it representing incoming locations of parameters
10040 passed on the stack into MEMs based on the argument pointer. Although
10041 we aren't going to rewrite other MEMs, we still need to initialize the
10042 virtual CFA pointer in order to ensure that the argument pointer will
10043 be seen as a constant throughout the function.
10045 ??? This doesn't work if FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET is defined. */
10046 else if (stack_realign_drap
)
10050 #ifdef FRAME_POINTER_CFA_OFFSET
10051 reg
= frame_pointer_rtx
;
10053 reg
= arg_pointer_rtx
;
10055 elim
= eliminate_regs (reg
, VOIDmode
, NULL_RTX
);
10058 if (GET_CODE (elim
) == PLUS
)
10059 elim
= XEXP (elim
, 0);
10060 if (elim
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
10061 vt_init_cfa_base ();
10065 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= -1;
10067 vt_add_function_parameters ();
10069 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10072 HOST_WIDE_INT pre
, post
= 0;
10073 basic_block first_bb
, last_bb
;
10075 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10077 cselib_record_sets_hook
= add_with_sets
;
10078 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10079 fprintf (dump_file
, "first value: %i\n",
10080 cselib_get_next_uid ());
10087 if (bb
->next_bb
== EXIT_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
)
10088 || ! single_pred_p (bb
->next_bb
))
10090 e
= find_edge (bb
, bb
->next_bb
);
10091 if (! e
|| (e
->flags
& EDGE_FALLTHRU
) == 0)
10097 /* Add the micro-operations to the vector. */
10098 FOR_BB_BETWEEN (bb
, first_bb
, last_bb
->next_bb
, next_bb
)
10100 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
;
10101 VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
= VTI (bb
)->in
.stack_adjust
;
10102 for (insn
= BB_HEAD (bb
); insn
!= NEXT_INSN (BB_END (bb
));
10103 insn
= NEXT_INSN (insn
))
10107 if (!frame_pointer_needed
)
10109 insn_stack_adjust_offset_pre_post (insn
, &pre
, &post
);
10112 micro_operation mo
;
10113 mo
.type
= MO_ADJUST
;
10116 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10117 log_op_type (PATTERN (insn
), bb
, insn
,
10118 MO_ADJUST
, dump_file
);
10119 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
10120 VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
+= pre
;
10124 cselib_hook_called
= false;
10125 adjust_insn (bb
, insn
);
10126 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10129 prepare_call_arguments (bb
, insn
);
10130 cselib_process_insn (insn
);
10131 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10133 print_rtl_single (dump_file
, insn
);
10134 dump_cselib_table (dump_file
);
10137 if (!cselib_hook_called
)
10138 add_with_sets (insn
, 0, 0);
10139 cancel_changes (0);
10141 if (!frame_pointer_needed
&& post
)
10143 micro_operation mo
;
10144 mo
.type
= MO_ADJUST
;
10145 mo
.u
.adjust
= post
;
10147 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10148 log_op_type (PATTERN (insn
), bb
, insn
,
10149 MO_ADJUST
, dump_file
);
10150 VTI (bb
)->mos
.safe_push (mo
);
10151 VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
+= post
;
10154 if (fp_cfa_offset
!= -1
10155 && hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
== -1
10156 && fp_setter_insn (insn
))
10158 vt_init_cfa_base ();
10159 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= fp_cfa_offset
;
10160 /* Disassociate sp from fp now. */
10161 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10164 cselib_invalidate_rtx (stack_pointer_rtx
);
10165 v
= cselib_lookup (stack_pointer_rtx
, Pmode
, 1,
10167 if (v
&& !cselib_preserved_value_p (v
))
10169 cselib_set_value_sp_based (v
);
10170 preserve_value (v
);
10176 gcc_assert (offset
== VTI (bb
)->out
.stack_adjust
);
10181 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10183 cselib_preserve_only_values ();
10184 cselib_reset_table (cselib_get_next_uid ());
10185 cselib_record_sets_hook
= NULL
;
10189 hard_frame_pointer_adjustment
= -1;
10190 VTI (ENTRY_BLOCK_PTR_FOR_FN (cfun
))->flooded
= true;
10191 cfa_base_rtx
= NULL_RTX
;
10195 /* This is *not* reset after each function. It gives each
10196 NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL in the entire compilation
10197 a unique label number. */
10199 static int debug_label_num
= 1;
10201 /* Get rid of all debug insns from the insn stream. */
10204 delete_debug_insns (void)
10207 rtx_insn
*insn
, *next
;
10209 if (!MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10212 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10214 FOR_BB_INSNS_SAFE (bb
, insn
, next
)
10215 if (DEBUG_INSN_P (insn
))
10217 tree decl
= INSN_VAR_LOCATION_DECL (insn
);
10218 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == LABEL_DECL
10219 && DECL_NAME (decl
)
10220 && !DECL_RTL_SET_P (decl
))
10222 PUT_CODE (insn
, NOTE
);
10223 NOTE_KIND (insn
) = NOTE_INSN_DELETED_DEBUG_LABEL
;
10224 NOTE_DELETED_LABEL_NAME (insn
)
10225 = IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (decl
));
10226 SET_DECL_RTL (decl
, insn
);
10227 CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
) = debug_label_num
++;
10230 delete_insn (insn
);
10235 /* Run a fast, BB-local only version of var tracking, to take care of
10236 information that we don't do global analysis on, such that not all
10237 information is lost. If SKIPPED holds, we're skipping the global
10238 pass entirely, so we should try to use information it would have
10239 handled as well.. */
10242 vt_debug_insns_local (bool skipped ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10244 /* ??? Just skip it all for now. */
10245 delete_debug_insns ();
10248 /* Free the data structures needed for variable tracking. */
10255 FOR_EACH_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10257 VTI (bb
)->mos
.release ();
10260 FOR_ALL_BB_FN (bb
, cfun
)
10262 dataflow_set_destroy (&VTI (bb
)->in
);
10263 dataflow_set_destroy (&VTI (bb
)->out
);
10264 if (VTI (bb
)->permp
)
10266 dataflow_set_destroy (VTI (bb
)->permp
);
10267 XDELETE (VTI (bb
)->permp
);
10270 free_aux_for_blocks ();
10271 delete empty_shared_hash
->htab
;
10272 empty_shared_hash
->htab
= NULL
;
10273 delete changed_variables
;
10274 changed_variables
= NULL
;
10275 free_alloc_pool (attrs_pool
);
10276 free_alloc_pool (var_pool
);
10277 free_alloc_pool (loc_chain_pool
);
10278 free_alloc_pool (shared_hash_pool
);
10280 if (MAY_HAVE_DEBUG_INSNS
)
10282 if (global_get_addr_cache
)
10283 delete global_get_addr_cache
;
10284 global_get_addr_cache
= NULL
;
10285 if (loc_exp_dep_pool
)
10286 free_alloc_pool (loc_exp_dep_pool
);
10287 loc_exp_dep_pool
= NULL
;
10288 free_alloc_pool (valvar_pool
);
10289 preserved_values
.release ();
10291 BITMAP_FREE (scratch_regs
);
10292 scratch_regs
= NULL
;
10295 #ifdef HAVE_window_save
10296 vec_free (windowed_parm_regs
);
10300 XDELETEVEC (vui_vec
);
10305 /* The entry point to variable tracking pass. */
10307 static inline unsigned int
10308 variable_tracking_main_1 (void)
10312 if (flag_var_tracking_assignments
< 0
10313 /* Var-tracking right now assumes the IR doesn't contain
10314 any pseudos at this point. */
10315 || targetm
.no_register_allocation
)
10317 delete_debug_insns ();
10321 if (n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) > 500 &&
10322 n_edges_for_fn (cfun
) / n_basic_blocks_for_fn (cfun
) >= 20)
10324 vt_debug_insns_local (true);
10328 mark_dfs_back_edges ();
10329 if (!vt_initialize ())
10332 vt_debug_insns_local (true);
10336 success
= vt_find_locations ();
10338 if (!success
&& flag_var_tracking_assignments
> 0)
10342 delete_debug_insns ();
10344 /* This is later restored by our caller. */
10345 flag_var_tracking_assignments
= 0;
10347 success
= vt_initialize ();
10348 gcc_assert (success
);
10350 success
= vt_find_locations ();
10356 vt_debug_insns_local (false);
10360 if (dump_file
&& (dump_flags
& TDF_DETAILS
))
10362 dump_dataflow_sets ();
10363 dump_reg_info (dump_file
);
10364 dump_flow_info (dump_file
, dump_flags
);
10367 timevar_push (TV_VAR_TRACKING_EMIT
);
10369 timevar_pop (TV_VAR_TRACKING_EMIT
);
10372 vt_debug_insns_local (false);
10377 variable_tracking_main (void)
10380 int save
= flag_var_tracking_assignments
;
10382 ret
= variable_tracking_main_1 ();
10384 flag_var_tracking_assignments
= save
;
10391 const pass_data pass_data_variable_tracking
=
10393 RTL_PASS
, /* type */
10394 "vartrack", /* name */
10395 OPTGROUP_NONE
, /* optinfo_flags */
10396 TV_VAR_TRACKING
, /* tv_id */
10397 0, /* properties_required */
10398 0, /* properties_provided */
10399 0, /* properties_destroyed */
10400 0, /* todo_flags_start */
10401 0, /* todo_flags_finish */
10404 class pass_variable_tracking
: public rtl_opt_pass
10407 pass_variable_tracking (gcc::context
*ctxt
)
10408 : rtl_opt_pass (pass_data_variable_tracking
, ctxt
)
10411 /* opt_pass methods: */
10412 virtual bool gate (function
*)
10414 return (flag_var_tracking
&& !targetm
.delay_vartrack
);
10417 virtual unsigned int execute (function
*)
10419 return variable_tracking_main ();
10422 }; // class pass_variable_tracking
10424 } // anon namespace
10427 make_pass_variable_tracking (gcc::context
*ctxt
)
10429 return new pass_variable_tracking (ctxt
);